Sunteți pe pagina 1din 183

G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

1994 ENGINE PERFORMANCE


Ford Motor Co. Self-Diagnostics - EEC-IV

Ford; Explorer

MODEL IDENTIFICATION

MODEL IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Series Engine

Explorer ............................................ 4.0L


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

INTRODUCTION

Perform all steps in F - BASIC TESTING article. If no fault


is found while performing BASIC BASIC TESTING procedures, proceed with
self-diagnostics. If no service code or only pass codes are found
during self-diagnostics, go to H - TESTS W/O CODES article for
diagnosis by symptoms.

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM

CAUTION: Disconnecting vehicle battery will erase stored


operating information from Keep-Alive Memory (KAM).
If battery is disconnected, vehicle computer and
memory systems may lose memory data. Driveability
problems may exist until computer systems have
completed a relearn cycle. Refer to the appropriate
COMPUTER RELEARN PROCEDURES article in GENERAL
INFORMATION section before disconnecting battery.

DIAGNOSTIC FORMATS

QUICK TEST and CIRCUIT TESTS are diagnostic formats used to


test and service EEC-IV system. QUICK TEST allows technician to
identify problems and retrieve service codes. CIRCUIT TESTS check
circuits, sensors and actuators.
Before starting any CIRCUIT TEST, follow all steps under
QUICK TEST to find correct CIRCUIT TEST. If vehicle passes QUICK TEST
and no driveability symptoms or intermittent faults exist, EEC-IV
system is okay.

SERVICE CODES

Explorer uses 3-digit codes. When CIRCUIT TEST procedures


apply to both 2-digit codes and 3-digit codes, the applicable codes
will be separated by a diagonal mark (example: Code 97/631).
During QUICK TEST, 3 types of service codes are retrieved:

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:53PM Page 1 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

KOEO, KOER and Continuous Memory codes. See QUICK TEST for self-test
procedures. Codes may be cleared from PCM memory after they have been
recorded or repaired. See CLEARING CODES.

KOEO & KOER Codes (Hard Faults)


These codes indicate faults are present at time of testing. A
hard fault may cause CHECK ENGINE or Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)
to go on and remain on until fault is repaired. If KOEO or KOER codes
are retrieved during KOEO SELF-TEST or KOER SELF-TEST, refer to the
SERVICE CODE REFERENCE CHARTS to find correct testing and repair
procedures.

Continuous Memory Codes (Soft Faults)


These codes indicate a fault that may or may not be present
at time of testing. These codes are used to diagnose intermittent
problems. Continuous Memory Codes are retrieved after KOEO SELF-TEST.
Some codes may turn on MIL/CHECK ENGINE light. Corresponding soft
fault trouble code will be retained in PCM memory. If fault does not
reoccur within 40 warm-up cycles (80 cycles on some models), PCM will
automatically clear code or technician may clear service codes from
memory. See CLEARING CODES. Intermittent faults may be caused by a
sensor, connector or wiring-related problem. See INTERMITTENTS in the
H - TESTS W/O CODES article in this section.

CAUTION: Continuous Memory Codes should be recorded when retrieved.


These codes may be used to identify intermittent problems
that exist after all KOEO and KOER codes have been repaired
and a Code 11 or 111 (pass code) has been obtained. Some
Continuous Memory Code faults may not be valid after KOEO
and KOER codes are serviced.

RETRIEVING CODES

Service codes are retrieved from EEC-IV system through Data


Link Connector (DLC). Various methods and test equipment may be used
to access these codes:

* Analog Volt-Ohmmeter (VOM).


* Scan tester.
* In-Dash Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)/CHECK ENGINE light.

DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC) LOCATIONS TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Location

Explorer ................... Right Front Inner Fender Panel


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

READING CODES

KOEO & KOER SELF-TEST Codes


All service codes are 2- or 3-digit numbers. PCM outputs

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:53PM Page 2 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

codes one digit at a time. These codes indicate the current faults in
the system and should be serviced in order of appearance. Use the
SERVICE CODE REFERENCE CHARTS to find correct CIRCUIT TEST.
Codes are shown as voltage pulses. If using MIL/CHECK ENGINE
light, service codes are displayed as light pulses. If using Volt-
Ohmmeter (VOM), service codes are displayed as needle sweeps.
See Fig. 1.
Pay careful attention to length of pauses in order to read
codes correctly. A 1/2-second pause occurs between number of sweeps in
a digit and a 2-second pause occurs between digits in a code.A 4-
second pause occurs between each code. KOEO codes are separated from
Continuous Memory Codes by a 6-second delay, a single 1/2-second sweep
(Separator) and another 6-second delay. Record codes in order
received.
Scan tester, if used, will count pulses and display them as a
digital code. Star Series Tester will add a zero (0) to single-digit
Separator Code (10) and Dynamic Response Code (10). Dynamic Response
Code is displayed in KOER SELF-TEST. See Fig. 1.

Separator Code
Single 1/2-second separator pulse is issued 6-9 seconds after
last KOEO code. Continuous Memory Codes (soft faults) are then
displayed 6-9 seconds after 1/2-second separator code. Some digital
test equipment may display separator code as "10" instead of "1".

Pass Codes
Code 11 or 111 indicates system passes that portion of test.
If Code 11 or 111 is not retrieved in KOEO SELF-TEST, codes retrieved
during KOER SELF-TEST may not be valid. Code 11-1-11 or 111-1-111,
output during KOEO SELF-TEST, indicates no KOEO code or Continuous
Memory Code was recorded.

Continuous Memory Codes


Continuous Memory Codes are displayed after separator pulse
code in KOEO SELF-TEST. These codes result from information stored by
PCM during continuous self-test monitoring. These codes indicate
faults recorded within last 40 engine starts (80 engine starts on some
models). Fault may or may not be currently present. Refer to the
SERVICE CODE DEFINITION CHARTS. Use these codes for diagnosis only
when KOEO SELF-TEST and KOER SELF-TEST result in Code 11 or 111.

Fast Codes
At start of KOEO SELF-TEST and after Wide Open Throttle (WOT)
request in KOER SELF-TEST, PCM outputs short bursts of information,
known as FAST CODES, which were used by manufacturer during assembly.
With most equipment, these code bursts are not visible; an entire code
sequence lasts less than 1/2 second. If this fluctuation is visible on
test equipment, ignore it.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:53PM Page 3 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Fig. 1: Reading Service Codes (Explorer)


Courtesy of Ford Motor Co.

CLEARING CODES

CAUTION: Disconnecting vehicle battery will erase stored


operating information from Keep-Alive Memory (KAM).
If battery is disconnected, vehicle computer and
memory systems may lose memory data. Driveability
problems may exist until computer systems have
completed a relearn cycle. Refer to the appropriate
COMPUTER RELEARN PROCEDURES article in GENERAL
INFORMATION section before disconnecting battery.

To clear codes from PCM memory, start KOEO SELF-TEST. When


service codes appear on test equipment or CHECK ENGINE light,
disconnect jumper wire from Self-Test Input (STI) connector. If using
Star Series Tester, unlatch center button. This procedure erases
Continuous Memory Codes from PCM memory. If problem has not been
corrected or fault is still present, hard code will immediately be
reset in PCM memory.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 4 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

NOTE: To clear KAM, disconnect negative battery terminal for at


least 5 minutes.

QUICK TEST

Description
Following procedures are functional tests of EEC-IV system.
See Fig. 3. These 5 basic test steps must be carefully followed in
sequence to avoid misdiagnosis or replacement of non-faulty
components.

* Visual Check & Equipment Hookup


* KOEO (Key On Engine Off) SELF-TEST
* Computed Timing Check
* KOER (Key On Engine Running) SELF-TEST
* Continuous Monitor Mode (Wiggle Test)

Diagnostic Aids
After each service or repair procedure has been completed,
repeat QUICK TEST to ensure all EEC-IV systems work properly and fault
codes are no longer present.

VISUAL CHECK & EQUIPMENT HOOKUP

Complete all steps in F - BASIC TESTING article in this


section before proceeding to self-diagnostic tests. Ensure vacuum
hoses and EEC-IV wiring harnesses are properly connected.
Apply parking brake, and place shift lever in Park (A/T) or
Neutral(M/T). Block drive wheels. Turn off all electrical loads.
Connect appropriate test equipment to vehicle as follows:

Analog Volt-Ohmmeter (VOM)


1) Turn ignition switch to OFF position. Set VOM at 0-15V DC
range. Connect positive lead of VOM to positive battery terminal.
2) Connect negative VOM lead to Self-Test Output (STO)
terminal of self-test connector. See Fig. 2. Connect jumper wire from
Self-Test Input (STI) pigtail to signal return terminal of self-test
connector. KOEO SELF-TEST will activate when ignition is turned on.

Scan Tester
Follow manufacturer's instructions to hook up equipment and
record service codes.

Star Series Tester


Turn ignition switch to OFF position. Connect color-coded
adapter cable leads to diagnostic tester. Connect 2service connectors
of adapter cable to vehicle self-test connector and STI pigtail
connector. Connect timing light. Go to KOEO SELF-TEST.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 5 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Fig. 2: Connecting Self-Test Connector Equipment


Courtesy of Ford Motor Co.

Fig. 3: Fault Diagnosis Flow Chart (EEC-IV)


Courtesy of Ford Motor Co.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 6 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

KOEO SELF-TEST

Ensure engine is at normal operating temperature. If engine


does not start (or stalls after starting), continue KOEO SELF-TEST.
Perform the following step(s) as applicable:

* On gasoline vehicles, DO NOT depress throttle.


* On vehicles with Brake On/Off circuit, apply and release
brake pedal after vehicle ID code is given.
* On vehicles with Power Steering Pressure (PSP) switch, turn
steering wheel 1/2 turn and release after vehicle ID code is
given.
* On vehicles with Transmission Control Switch (TCS), cycle TCS
switch after vehicle ID code is given.

Turn ignition off. Wait 10 seconds. Ensure test equipment is


properly attached. Turn ignition on (engine off). Record all KOEO and
Continuous Memory Codes.
If a Code 11 or 111 (pass code) is not retrieved, service
KOEO codes. See SERVICE CODE REFERENCE CHARTS. If PCM will not output
codes, go to CIRCUIT TEST QA. If service codes are retrieved:

* Service codes in the order they are retrieved. Refer to the


SERVICE CODE REFERENCE CHARTS.
* If vehicle has a no-start condition, go to CIRCUIT TEST AC
(EDIS - High Data Rate).
* If vehicle displays a Code 11 or 111 (pass code), go to KOER
SELF-TEST.

COMPUTED TIMING CHECK

Connect timing light and check ignition timing. See IGNITION


TIMING in the D - ADJUSTMENTS article in this section. Perform the
following procedure as applicable:

* If ignition timing is not correct, go to CIRCUIT TEST PC.


* If engine starts and then stalls, go to CIRCUIT TEST S.
* If engine will not start, go to CIRCUIT TEST AC.

KOER SELF-TEST

DO NOT enter this test sequence until a Code 11 or 111 (pass


code) has been retrieved in KOEO SELF-TEST. If system has not passed
KOEO SELF-TEST, codes received from KOER SELF-TEST may not be valid.
Deactivate self-test by removing and reconnecting jumper
wire or by procedure specified by manufacturer of test equipment in
use. Start engine, and run it for 2 minutes at 2000 RPM to warm Heated
Oxygen Sensor (HO2S). Turn engine off, and wait 10 seconds. Activate
KOER SELF-TEST using a jumper wire or appropriate procedure for test
equipment used. Start engine. Record all service codes displayed.
Check following items:

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 7 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

* If Code 98 or 998 is displayed, EEC-IV system is operating in


Failure Management Effects Mode (FMEM). PCM has detected an
out-of-range sensor and has substituted a fixed value to
enable vehicle to continue operation.
* If vehicle is equipped with a Brake On-Off (BOO) switch,
brake pedal must be depressed and released after ID code
portion of test.
* On vehicles with Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Switch, turn
steering wheel at least 1/2 turn and release within 1-2
seconds after ID code portion of test.
* On vehicles with Transmission Control Switch (TCS), cycle TCS
switch after vehicle ID code is given.
* If Dynamic Response Code appears, perform a brief Wide Open
Throttle (WOT). DO NOT perform WOT unless requested.
* If a Code 11 or 111 (pass code) is retrieved during KOER
SELF-TEST, service Continuous Memory Codes retrieved in KOEO
SELF-TEST. See SERVICE CODE REFERENCE CHARTS.
* If a Code 11 or 111 (pass code) is retrieved during
Continuous Memory Code portion of KOEO SELF-TEST and no
driveability problem exists, EEC-IV testing is complete. If
driveability problems are still present, refer to the
H - TESTS W/O CODES article in the ENGINE
PERFORMANCE section.
* If KOER codes are present, see SERVICE CODE REFERENCE CHARTS.
If system will not output codes, go to CIRCUIT TEST QA.

CONTINUOUS MONITOR MODE (WIGGLE TEST)

Continuous Monitor Mode allows technician to attempt to


recreate an intermittent fault while monitoring system. This mode,
also called wiggle test, may be used in both KOEO SELF-TEST and KOER
SELF-TEST. CIRCUIT TESTS specify use of this procedure to identify
intermittent faults in specific circuits or components.

KOEO Wiggle Test


1) Connect test equipment. Turn ignition on, and activate
self-test using jumper lead or diagnostic tester. Wait 10 seconds, and
then deactivate and reactivate self-test. Wiggle test mode is now
activated. Tap, move and wiggle suspect sensor and/or harness area.
2) If a fault is detected, scan tester should indicate a tone
or light and VOM will perform needle sweep and/or MIL will come on. A
service code may be stored in continuous memory. Retrieve code, and
perform appropriate test. See SERVICE CODE REFERENCE CHARTS.

KOER Wiggle Test


1) Turn ignition off. Connect test equipment. Start engine.
Activate self-test using jumper lead or diagnostic tester. Wait 10
seconds, and then deactivate and reactivate self-test. DO NOT turn
engine off. KOER wiggle test mode is now activated.
2) Tap, move and wiggle suspect sensor and/or harness area.
If a fault is detected, scan tester should indicate a tone or light

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 8 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

and VOM will perform needle sweep and/or MIL will come on. A service
code may be stored in continuous memory. Retrieve code, and perform
appropriate test. See SERVICE CODE REFERENCE CHARTS.

ADDITIONAL SYSTEM FUNCTIONS

Additional diagnostic system features are available to help


diagnose driveability problems and service EEC-IV system.

CHECK ENGINE Light & Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)


CHECK ENGINE light and MIL are intended to alert driver of
certain malfunctions in EEC-IV system.
Light may also be used to retrieve service codes stored in
PCM. When hooked up for KOEO SELF-TEST or KOER SELF-TEST, light will
display all codes which turn on light during vehicle operation.
If light comes on during vehicle operation, vehicle should be
inspected as soon as possible. Immediately turning off engine is not
necessary; vehicle can be driven with light on.
If light comes on and then goes off during vehicle operation,
a code will be stored in PCM memory as a Continuous Memory Code.
Light should come on when ignition is turned on and go out
when engine is started. If hard fault codes are not present, PCM turns
out light when it receives a Profile Ignition Pick-Up (PIP) signal. If
light does not come on, see CIRCUIT TEST ML.

Output State Check


Output state check is used as an aid for servicing EEC-IV
system output actuators. It allows technicians to operate most output
actuators on command. This mode is entered from KOEO SELF-TEST after
all codes have been retrieved. Leave SELF-TEST activated, and depress
throttle to initiate test sequence. Each time throttle is depressed
and released, output actuators will change from on to off or off to
on.

Failure Mode Effects Management (FMEM), Code 98 Or 998


FMEM mode allows system operation when sensors fail or
transmit signals that are out of normal operating range. During FMEM
mode, PCM substitutes a mid-range signal for defective sensor while
continuing to monitor sensor. If faulty sensor's signals return to
normal operating range, PCM will use those signals. A Code 98 or 998
will be displayed when FMEM mode is in effect.

Hardware Limited Operational Strategy (HLOS)


If a number of system or sensor failures are present and PCM
is not receiving enough information to operate, PCM will switch to
HLOS mode. PCM will output fixed values to allow operation of vehicle.
Driveability performance will be reduced.

EEC-IV DIAGNOSIS BY SYMPTOM TABLE


ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿
³ Symptom ³ Application ³ Circuit Test ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 9 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

³ A/C Does Not Cut Off During WOT ³ Explorer ³ KM - Step 15)³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ A/C Not Functioning ³ Explorer ³ KM - Step 1) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ Black Exhaust Smoke ³ Explorer ³ H - Step 1) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ CHECK ENGINE Light Always On ³ (1) Explorer ³ ML - Step 1) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ CHECK ENGINE Light Flashing ³ ³ ³
³ With Erratic Idle ³ (1) Explorer ³ ML - Step 15)³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ CHECK ENGINE Light Never On ³ (1) Explorer ³ ML - Step 4) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ CHECK ENGINE Light On ³ ³ ³
³ Intermittently ³ (1) Explorer ³ ML - Step 10)³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³Engine Hesitates After Hot Restart³ (1) Explorer ³ H - Step 21) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ Engine Hesitation ³ (1) Explorer ³ S - Step 2) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ Engine Lacks Power or Loses Power³ (1) Explorer ³ S - Step 2) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³Engine Miss At Idle, Acceleration ³ ³ ³
³ Or Cruise ³ (1) Explorer ³ S - Step 2) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ Engine Runs Rough At All Times ³ (1) Explorer ³ S - Step 2) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ Engine Stalls ³ Explorer ³ S - Step 2) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ Engine Stalls During Trans. ³ ³ ³
³ Downshift ³ Models With A/T ³ TC - Step 1) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ Engine Stalls During Trans. ³ ³ ³
³ Engagement ³ Models With A/T ³ TC - Step 1) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ Engine Stalls When Parking ³ Models With PSP ³ ³
³ ³ Switch ³ FF - Step 2) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ Engine Surge At Acceleration ³ ³ ³
³ Or Cruise ³ (1) Explorer ³ S - Step 1) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ Erratic RPM ³ (1) Explorer ³ S - Step 1) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ Gasoline Fumes ³ Models With CANP ³ KD - Step 1) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ Late Shift Into 4x4 High ³ Models With A/T ³ TB - Step 5) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ Overdrive Cancel Indicator Off ³ Models With A/T ³ TB - Step 4) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 4x4 Low Light Always Off ³ ³ ³
³ & Harsh Shift ³ Models With A/T ³ TB - Step 1) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 10 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

³ 4x4 Low Light Always On ³ ³ ³


³ & Shift Slipping ³ Models With A/T ³ TB - Step 1) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ (1) - On models equipped with mass airflow system, ensure air ³
³ induction and electrical connections are clean and tight ³
ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ

SERVICE CODE REFERENCE CHARTS

2-DIGIT SERVICE CODE REFERENCE CHART


ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿
³ 2-DIGIT SERVICE CODE DEFINITIONS ³ Go To Circuit Test: ³
³ ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ Code Application ³ KOEO ³ KOER ³ CONT. ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ Code Not ³ Explorer ³ QA1 ³ QA1 ³ QA1 ³
³ Listed ³ ³ ³ ³ ³
ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ

3-DIGIT SERVICE CODE REFERENCE CHART (CODES 111-188)


ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿
³ 3-DIGIT SERVICE CODE DEFINITIONS ³ Go To Circuit Test: ³
³ ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ Code Application ³ KOEO ³ KOER ³ CONT. ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ No Codes ³ Explorer ³ QA1 ³ QA1 ³ QA1 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 111 ³ Explorer ³ Pass ³ Pass ³ Pass ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 112 ³ Explorer ³ DA20 ³ ³ DA90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 113 ³ Explorer ³ DA10 ³ ³ DA90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 114 ³ Explorer ³ DA1 ³ DA1 ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 116 ³ Explorer ³ DA1 ³ DA1 ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 117 ³ Explorer ³ DA20 ³ ³ DA90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 118 ³ Explorer ³ DA10 ³ ³ DA90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 121 ³ Explorer ³ DH2 ³ DH1 ³ G1 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 122 ³ Explorer ³ DH10 ³ ³ DH94 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 123 ³ Explorer ³ DH3 ³ ³ DH90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 124 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ G1 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 125 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ G1 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 126 ³ Explorer ³ DF1 ³ DF7 ³ DF90 ³

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 11 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 128 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ DF11 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 129 ³ Explorer ³ ³ DC13³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 136 ³ Explorer ³ ³ H1 ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 137 ³ Explorer ³ ³ H1 ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 139 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ H1 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 144 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ H1 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 157 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ DC10 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 158 ³ Explorer ³ DC21 ³ ³ DC21 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 159 ³ Explorer ³ DC1 ³ DC1 ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 167 ³ Explorer ³ ³ DH20³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 171 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ H1 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 172 ³ Explorer ³ ³ H1 ³ H1 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 173 ³ Explorer ³ ³ H1 ³ H1 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 174 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ H1 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 175 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ H1 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 176 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ H1 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 177 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ H1 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 178 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ H1 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 179 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ HA1 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 181 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ HA1 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 184 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ G5 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 185 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ G5 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 186 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ G7 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 187 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ G7 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 188 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ HA1 ³
ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 12 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

3-DIGIT SERVICE CODE REFERENCE CHART (CODES 189-337)


ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿
³ 3-DIGIT SERVICE CODE DEFINITIONS ³ Go To Circuit Test: ³
³ ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ Code Application ³ KOEO ³ KOER ³ CONT. ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 189 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ HA1 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 193 ³ Explorer ³ DE1 ³ ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 194 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ HA5 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 195 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ HA5 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 211 ³ 4.0L ³ ³ ³ NC1 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 212 ³ 4.0L ³ ³ ³ NC3 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 213 ³ 4.0L ³ ³ PC1 ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 214 ³ Explorer ³ DR1 ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 215 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ (1) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 216 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ (1) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 217 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ (1) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 218 ³ Explorer ³ NB1 ³ ³ (1) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 219 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ PB10 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 222 ³ Explorer ³ NB1 ³ ³ (1) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 223 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ (1) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 224 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ (1) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 225 ³ Explorer ³ ³ DG1 ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 226 ³ Explorer ³ NC2 ³ ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 232 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ (1) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 238 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ (1) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 244 ³ Explorer ³ ³ DR1 ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 311 ³ Explorer ³ ³ KC1 ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 312 ³ Explorer ³ ³ KC1 ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 13 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

³ 313 ³ Explorer ³ ³ KC1 ³ ³


ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 314 ³ Explorer ³ ³ KC1 ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 326 ³ Explorer ³ DL22 ³ DL22 ³ DL90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 327 ³ Explorer ³ DL1 ³ DL21 ³ DL90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 328 ³ Explorer ³ DN25³ DN25 ³ DN90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 332 ³ Explorer ³ ³ DL30³ DL90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 334 ³ Explorer ³ DN20³ DN20³ DN115 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 335 ³ Explorer ³ DL8 ³ ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 336 ³ Explorer ³ ³ DL50³ DL90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 337 ³ Explorer ³ DL5 ³ DL50 ³ DL90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ (1) - Refer to the I - SYSTEM/COMPONENT TESTS ³
³ article in this section. ³
ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ

3-DIGIT SERVICE CODE REFERENCE CHART (CODES 338-621)


ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿
³ 3-DIGIT SERVICE CODE DEFINITIONS ³ Go To Circuit Test: ³
³ ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ Code Application ³ KOEO ³ KOER ³ CONT. ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 338 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ DA100 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 339 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ DA101 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 341 ³ Explorer ³ KP1 ³ ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 411 ³ Explorer ³ ³ KE15 ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 412 ³ Explorer ³ ³ KE1 ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 415 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ KE30 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 416 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ KE35 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 452 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ DP1 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 511 ³ Explorer ³ Replace PCM ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 512 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ QB1 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 513 ³ Explorer ³ Replace PCM ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 14 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

³ 519 ³ Explorer ³ FF1 ³ ³ ³


ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 521 ³ Explorer ³ ³ FF5 ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 522 ³ Explorer ³ TA1 ³ ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 525 ³ Explorer ³ TA1 ³ ³ TA1 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 542 ³ Explorer ³ J10 ³ ³ J90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 543 ³ Explorer ³ J20 ³ ³ J93 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 551 ³ Explorer ³ KT1 ³ ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 552 ³ Explorer ³ KC8 ³ ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 553 ³ Explorer ³ KC8 ³ ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 554 ³ Explorer ³ KN1 ³ ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 556 ³ Explorer ³ J1 ³ ³ J95 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 558 ³ Explorer ³ DL11³ ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 559 ³ Explorer ³ KM60³ ³ J95 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 565 ³ Explorer ³ KB1 ³ KD6 ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 566 ³ Explorer ³ TC1 ³ ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 569 ³ Explorer ³ KD6 ³ KD6 ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 617 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ TG90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 618 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ TG90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 619 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ TG90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 621 ³ Explorer ³ TC1 ³ ³ ³
ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ

3-DIGIT SERVICE CODE REFERENCE CHART (CODE 622 - 998)


ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿
³ 3-DIGIT SERVICE CODE DEFINITIONS ³ Go To Circuit Test: ³
³ ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ Code Application ³ KOEO ³ KOER ³ CONT. ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 622 ³ Explorer ³ TC1 ³ ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 623 ³ Explorer ³ TB1 ³ ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 624 ³ Explorer ³ TC10 ³ ³ TG90 ³

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 15 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 625 ³ Explorer ³ TC10 ³ ³ TG90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 626 ³ Explorer ³ TC1 ³ ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 627 ³ Explorer ³ TC1 ³ ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 628 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ TG90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 629 ³ Explorer ³ TC1 ³ ³ TG90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 631 ³ Explorer ³ TB3 ³ ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 632 ³ Explorer ³ ³ TB2 ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 633 ³ Explorer ³ TB1 ³ ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 634 ³ Explorer ³ TD1 ³ ³ TG90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 636 ³ Explorer ³ TE1 ³ TE1 ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 637 ³ Explorer ³ TE10 ³ ³ TE90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 638 ³ Explorer ³ TE20 ³ ³ TE90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 639 ³ Explorer ³ ³ TF1 ³ TF90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 641 ³ Explorer ³ TC1 ³ ³ TC30 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 643 ³ Explorer ³ TC20 ³ ³ TC30 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 645 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ TG90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 646 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ TG90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 647 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ TG90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 648 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ TG90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 649 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ TG90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 651 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ TG90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 652 ³ Explorer ³ TC1 ³ ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 653 ³ Explorer ³ ³ TB1 ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 654 ³ Explorer ³ TD1 ³ ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 656 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ TG90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 657 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ TE100 ³

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 16 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 659 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ TG90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 667 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ TG90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 668 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ TG90 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 675 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ TE100 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 676 ³ Explorer ³ (1) ³ (1) ³ (1) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 677 ³ Explorer ³ (1) ³ (1) ³ (1) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 691 ³ Explorer ³ ³ ³ TB1 ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 998 ³ Explorer ³ FMEM ³ ³ ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ Code Not ³ ³ ³ ³ ³
³ Listed ³ Explorer ³ QA1 ³ QA1 ³ QA1 ³
ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ

SERVICE CODE DEFINITION CHARTS

2-DIGIT SERVICE CODE DEFINITION CHART TABLE


ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿
³ DTC ³ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITION ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 11 orc ³ System PASS ³
³ 15 o ³ PCM Read Only Memory (ROM) test failed ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 15 c ³ PCM Keep Alive Memory (KAM) test failed ³
³ 19 o ³ Failure in PCM internal voltage ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 23 orc ³ Throttle Position (TP) Sensor out of Self-Test range ³
³ 26 or ³ Transmission Oil Temp (TOT) out of Self-Test range ³
³ 29 c ³ Insufficient input from Programmable Speedometer/ ³
³ ³ Odometer Module (PSOM) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 43 c ³ Throttle Position (TP) sensor below idle spec ³
³ 47 o ³ 4 x 4 switch is closed ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 49 c ³ 1-2 shift error ³
³ 53 oc ³ TP above maximum voltage ³
³ 56 oc ³ Transmission Oil Temp (TOT) indicated -40øC (-40øF) ³
³ ³ circuit open ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 59 c ³ 2-3 shift error ³
³ 62 c ³ Torque Converter Clutch error ³
³ 63 oc ³ TP circuit below minimum voltage ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 65 r ³ Transmission Control Switch (TCS) circuit did not ³
³ ³ change states ³

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 17 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

³ 66 oc ³ Transmission Oil Temp. (TOT) indicated 143øC(290øF) ³


³ ³ /circuit grounded ³
³ 67 oc ³ Manual Lever Position (MLP) sensor out of range; ³
³ ³ A/C/ ON ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 69 c ³ 3-4 shift error ³
³ 74 rc ³ Brake On/Off (BOO) circuit open - not actuated ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 91 o ³ Shift Solenoid 1 (SS1) circuit failure ³
³ 92 o ³ Shift Solenoid 2 (SS2) circuit failure ³
³ 93 o ³ Coast Clutch Solenoid (CCS) circuit failure ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 94 o ³ Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) solenoid circuit failure³
³ 97 o ³ Transmission Control Indicator Lamp (TCIL) circuit ³
³ ³ failure ³
³ 98 r ³ Hard fault present ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 99 oc ³ Electronic Pressure Control (EPC) circuit failure ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ DTC'S ³ Unable to Self-Test or unable to output to DTC's ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ DTC's Not ³ DTC's being displayed are not applicable to ³
³ Listed ³ the vehicle being tested ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ KEY: o = Key On Engine Off (KOEO) ³
³ r = Engine Running (ER) ³
³ c = Continuous Memory ³
ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ

3-DIGIT SERVICE CODE DEFINITION CHART TABLE


ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿
³ DTC ³ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITION ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 111 ³ System Pass ³
³ 112 ³ Intake Air Temp. (IAT) sensor circuit below minimum ³
³ ³ voltage/254øF indicated ³
³ 113 ³ Intake Air Temp. (IAT) sensor circuit above maximum ³
³ ³ voltage/-40øF indicated ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 114 ³ Intake Air Temp. (IAT) higher or lower than expected ³
³ 116 ³ Engine Coolant Temp. (ECT) higher or lower than ³
³ ³ expected ³
³ 117 ³ Engine Coolant Temp. (ECT) sensor circuit below ³
³ ³ minimum voltage/254øF indicated ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 118 ³ Engine Coolant Temp. (ECT) sensor circuit above ³
³ ³ maximum voltage/-40øF indicated ³
³ 121 ³ Closed throttle voltage higher or lower than expected ³
³ 121 ³ Indicates throttle position voltage inconsistent ³
³ ³ with the MAF sensor ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 122 ³ Throttle Position (TP) sensor circuit below ³

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 18 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

³ ³ minimum voltage ³
³ 123 ³ Throttle Position (TP) sensor circuit above ³
³ ³ maximum voltage ³
³ 124 ³ Throttle Position (TP) sensor voltage higher than ³
³ ³ expected ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 125 ³ Throttle Position (TP) sensor voltage lower than ³
³ ³ expected ³
³ 126 ³ MAP/BARO sensor higher or lower than expected ³
³ 128 ³ MAP sensor vacuum hose damaged/disconnected ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 129 ³ Insufficient MAP/Mass Air Flow (MAF) change during ³
³ ³ dynamic response test KOER ³
³ 136 ³ System indicates lean (Bank #2) ³
³ 137 ³ System indicates rich (Bank #2) (KOER) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 157 ³ Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor circuit below minimum ³
³ ³ voltage ³
³ 158 ³ Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor circuit above maximum ³
³ ³ voltage ³
³ 159 ³ Mass Air Flow (MAF) higher or lower than expected ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 167 ³ Insufficient throttle position change during ³
³ ³ dynamic response test ³
³ 171 ³ Fuel system at adaptive limits (Bank #1) ³
³ 172 ³ System indicates lean (Bank #1) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 173 ³ System indicates rich (Bank #1) ³
³ 175 ³ Fuel system at adaptive limits (Bank #2) ³
³ 176 ³ System indicates lean (Bank #2) ³
³ 177 ³ System indicates rich (Bank #2) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 179 ³ Fuel system at lean adaptive limit at part throttle, ³
³ ³ system rich (Bank #1) ³
³ 181 ³ Fuel system at rich adaptive limit at part throttle, ³
³ ³ system lean (Bank #1) ³
³ 184 ³ Mass Air Flow (MAF) higher than expected ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 185 ³ Mass Air Flow (MAF) lower than expected ³
³ 186 ³ Injector pulse width higher than expected (with ³
³ ³ BARO sensor) ³
³ 186 ³ Injector pulse width higher or MAF lower than ³
³ ³ expected (without BARO sensor) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 187 ³ Injector pulse width lower than expected (with ³
³ ³ BARO sensor) ³
³ 187 ³ Injector pulse width lower or MAF higher than ³
³ ³ expected (without BARO sensor) ³
³ 188 ³ Fuel system at lean adaptive limit at part throttle, ³
³ ³ system rich (Bank #2) ³
³ 189 ³ Fuel system at rich adaptive limit at part throttle, ³
³ ³ system lean (Bank #2) ³

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 19 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 211 ³ Profile Ignition Pickup (PIP) circuit failure ³
³ 212 ³ Loss of Ignition Diagnostic Monitor (IDM) input to ³
³ ³ PCM/SPOUT circuit grounded ³
³ 213 ³ SPOUT circuit open ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 214 ³ Cylinder Identification (CID) circuit failure ³
³ 215 ³ PCM detected coil 1 primary circuit failure (EI) ³
³ 216 ³ pcm detected coil 2 primary circuit failure (EI) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 217 ³ PCM detected coil 3 primary circuit failure (EI) ³
³ 218 ³ Loss of Ignition Diagnostic Motor (IDM) signal - ³
³ ³ left side (dual plug EI) ³
³ 222 ³ Loss of Ignition Diagnostic Motor (IDM) signal - ³
³ ³ right side (dual plug EI) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 223 ³ Loss of Dual Plug Inhibit (DPI) control (dual plug EI)³
³ 224 ³ PCM detected 1, 2, 3 or 4 primary circuit failure ³
³ ³ (dual plug EI) ³
³ 225 ³ Knock not sensed during dynamic response test KOER ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 226 ³ Ignition Diagnostic Monitor (IDM) signal not ³
³ ³ received (EI) ³
³ 232 ³ PCM detected 1, 2, 3 or 4 primary circuit failure (EI)³
³ 311 ³ Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system inoperative ³
³ ³ during KOER (Bank #1 w/dual HO2S) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 312 ³ Secondary Air Injection (AIR) misdirected during KOER ³
³ 313 ³ Secondary Air Injection (AIR) not bypassed during KOER³
³ 327 ³ EGR (EVP/PFE/DPFE) circuit below minimum voltage ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 328 ³ EGR (EVP) closed valve voltage lower than expected ³
³ 332 ³ Insufficient EGR flow detected ³
³ 334 ³ EGR (EVP) closed valve voltage higher than expected ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 335 ³EGR(PFE) sensor voltage lower than expected during KOEO³
³ 336 ³Exhaust pressure high/EGR (PFE) circuit voltage higher ³
³ ³than expected ³
³ 337 ³EGR(EVP/PFE) circuit above maximum voltage ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 341 ³ Octane adjust service pin open ³
³ 411 ³ Cannot control RPM during KOER low RPM check ³
³ 412 ³ Cannot control RPM during KOER high RPM check ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 452 ³ Insufficient input from Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) to ³
³ ³ Powertrain Control Module (PCM) ³
³ 511 ³ PCM Read Only Memory (ROM) test failure KOEO ³
³ 512 ³ PCM Keep Alive Memory (KAM) test failure ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 513 ³ PCM internal voltage failure (KOEO) ³
³ 519 ³ Power Steering Pressure (PSP) switch circuit open KOEO³
³ 521 ³ Power Steering Pressure (PSP) switch circuit did not ³

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 20 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

³ ³ change states KOER ³


ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 522 ³ Vehicle not in PARK or NEUTRAL during KOEO (%) ³
³ 528 ³ Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) switch circuit failure ³
³ 536 ³ Brake On/Off (BOO) circuit failure/not actuated ³
³ ³ during KOER ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 538 ³ Insufficient RPM change during KOER dynamic response ³
³ ³ test ³
³ 538 ³ Invalid cylinder balance test due to throttle movement³
³ ³ during test ³
³ 538 ³ Invalid cylinder balance test due to CID circuit ³
³ ³ failure ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 539 ³ A/C on/Defrost on during KOEO ³
³ 542 ³ Fuel pump circuit open - PCM to motor ground ³
³ 543 ³ Fuel pump circuit open - battery to Powertrain Control³
³ ³ Module (PCM) ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 551 ³ Idle Air Control (IAC) circuit failure KOEO ³
³ 552 ³ Secondary Air Injection Bypass (AIRB) circuit failure ³
³ ³ KOEO ³
³ 553 ³ Secondary Air Injection Diverter (AIRD) circuit ³
³ ³ failure KOEO ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 556 ³ Fuel pump relay primary circuit failure ³
³ 558 ³ EGR Vacuum Regulator (EVR) circuit failure ³
³ 565 ³ Canister Purge (CANP) circuit failure KOEO ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 566 ³ 3-4 shift solenoid circuit failure KOEO (A4LD) ³
³ 569 ³ Auxiliary Canister Purge (AUX-CANP) circuit failure ³
³ 617 ³ 1-2 shift error ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 618 ³ 2-3 shift error ³
³ 619 ³ 3-4 shift error ³
³ 621 ³ Shift Solenoid 1 (SS1) circuit failure KOEO ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 622 ³ Shift Solenoid 2 (SS2) circuit failure KOEO ³
³ 624 ³ Electronic Pressure Control (ECP) circuit failure ³
³ 625 ³ Electronic Pressure Control (ECP) driver open in PCM ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 626 ³ Coast Clutch Solenoid (CCS) circuit failure KOEO ³
³ 628 ³ Excessive torque converter clutch slippage ³
³ 629 ³ Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) solenoid circuit failure³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 631 ³ Transmission Control Indicator Lamp (TCIL) circuit ³
³ ³ failure KOEO ³
³ 632 ³ Transmission Control Switch (TCS) circuit did not ³
³ ³ change states during KOER ³
³ 633 ³ 4 x 4L switch closed during KOEO ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 634 ³ Manual Lever Position (MLP) voltage higher or lower ³

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 21 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

³ ³ than expected ³
³ 636 ³ Transmission Oil Temp (TOT) higher or lower than ³
³ ³ expected ³
³ 637 ³ Transmission Oil Temp (TOT) sensor circuit above ³
³ ³ maximum voltage/-40øF indicated ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 638 ³ Transmission Oil Temp (TOT) sensor circuit below ³
³ ³ minimum voltage/ 290øF indicated ³
³ 639 ³ Insufficient input from Transmission Speed Sensor ³
³ 654 ³ Manual Lever Position (MLP) sensor indicating not in ³
³ ³ PARK during Self-Test ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 655 ³ Manual Lever Position (MLP) sensor indicating not in ³
³ ³ NEUTRAL during Self-Test ³
³ 656 ³ Torque Converter Clutch slippage error ³
³ 668 ³ Manual Lever Position (MLP) circuit voltage above ³
³ ³ maximum voltage ³
ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´
³ 998 ³ Hard fault present - FMEM MODE ³
ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ

CIRCUIT TESTS

NOTE: A breakout box, connected to vehicle harness at PCM, is


necessary to perform most circuit tests. References to Test
Pin No. found in CIRCUIT TEST steps refer to test terminals
on manufacturer breakout box overlay. Circuit diagrams at
beginning of each test identify circuit and wire colors.

HOW TO USE CIRCUIT TESTS

1) Ensure all non-EEC-IV related faults found while


performing steps in F - BASIC TESTING article in this section have
been corrected. Follow each test step in order until fault is found.
When more than one code is retrieved, start with first code displayed.
2) CIRCUIT TESTS ensure electrical circuits are okay before
sensors or other components are replaced. Always test circuits for
continuity between sensor and PCM. Test all circuits for short to
power, opens or short to ground. Voltage Reference (VREF) and Voltage
Power (VPWR) circuits should be tested with ignition on unless
otherwise specified in CIRCUIT TESTS.
3) DO NOT measure voltage or resistance at PCM. DO NOT
connect any test light unless specified in testing procedure. All
measurements are made by probing rear of connector. Isolate both ends
of a circuit and turn ignition off when checking continuity.
4) Disconnect solenoids and switches from harness before
measuring continuity and resistance or applying voltage. After each
repair, reconnect all component connections and repeat QUICK TEST.
5) An open circuit is defined as a resistance reading of
greater than 5 ohms. This specification tolerance may be too high for
some items in EEC-IV system. If resistance approaches 5 ohms, always
clean suspect connector and coat it with protective dielectric

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 22 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

silicone grease. A short is defined as a resistance reading of less


than 10,000 ohms to ground, unless stated otherwise in CIRCUIT TEST.

NOTE: In following tests, circuit diagrams and illustrations are


courtesy of Ford Motor Co.

CIRCUIT TESTS are grouped as follows.

* A-C - No Start & Voltage Tests


* DA-DS - Input Sensor Tests
* FD-FF - Additional Input Component Tests
* G-J - Fuel Control System Tests
* KA-TG - PCM Output Tests

CIRCUIT TEST INDEX TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Circuit Test Title Circuit Tested

No-Start & Voltage Tests


AC ..................................... No Start (4.0L)
B ...................................... Vehicle Battery
C .................................... Reference Voltage
Input Sensor Tests
DA ...................................... IAT/ECT Sensor
DC .......................................... MAF Sensor
DF ..................................... MAP/BARO Sensor
DG ........................................ Knock Sensor
DH ............................ Throttle Position Sensor
DJ ................................... Engine RPM Sensor
DL .......................... DPFE Sensor & EVR Solenoid
DN ........................... EVP Sensor & EVR Solenoid
DP ................................ Vehicle Speed Sensor
DR ..................... Cylinder Identification Circuit
DS ............ Programmable Speedometer/Odometer Module
Additional Input Component Tests
FD ........................... Brake On-Off (BOO) Switch
FE .............................. Electrical Load Inputs
FF ...................... Power Steering Pressure Switch
Fuel Control System Tests
G ............... MAF/TPS Fuel Injector Pulse Width Test
H ......................................... Fuel Control
HA ....................................... Adaptive Fuel
J .................................... Fuel Pump Circuit
PCM (Processor) Output Tests
KA ........................................ EVR Solenoid
KB .......................................... CANP Valve
KC .................... Secondary Air Injection Solenoid
KD ............................. Canister Purge Solenoid
KE ........................... Idle Air Control Solenoid
KM ............................. WAC & A/C Demand Switch
KP ....................................... Octane Adjust
M ................................ Dynamic Response Test

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 23 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

ML ............................................. STO/MIL
NC .......................................... IDM (4.0L)
PC ........................... Spark Timing Check (4.0L)
QA ........................... No Codes/Codes Not Listed
QB ............ Continuous Memory Service Code 15 Or 512
QC .................. Output State Check Not Functioning
S ......................................... System Check
TA ...................................... CPP/PNP Switch
TB ................. 4x4 Low/Transmission Control Switch
TC .............................. Transmission Solenoids
TD ........................ Manual Lever Position Sensor
TE ................. Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor
TF ........................... Transmission Speed Sensor
TG ............................. Electronic Transmission
Continuous Memory Service Codes
ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

CIRCUIT TEST AC - NO START (4.0L)

CAUTION: Stop this test at first sign of a fuel leak. DO NOT allow
smoking or an open flame in vicinity of vehicle during
these tests.

Diagnostic Aids
Enter this CIRCUIT TEST only when all steps under QUICK TEST
have been successfully completed and engine still does not start or if
directed here from another test or chart. This test is only intended
to diagnose:

* Spark (PCM-controlled).
* Wiring harness circuits (PIP, IGN GND and VPWR).
* Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

To prevent replacement of good components, be aware the


following non-EEC related areas and components may be cause of
problem:

* Fuel quality and quantity.


* Ignition (general condition).
* Engine mechanical components.
* Starter and battery circuits.
* Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor.
* Ignition Control Module (ICM).
* Coil packs.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 24 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Fig. 4: Ignition System Wiring Diagram (AC1 - 4.0L)

TEST PIN NO. 4 (IDM) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

4.0L .......................................... Tan/Yellow


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 25 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

TEST PIN NO. 36 (SPOUT) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

4.0L ................................................ Pink


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PIN NO. 56 (PIP) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

4.0L ......................................... Gray/Orange


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

1) Starting System
Ensure fuel pump Inertia Fuel Shutoff (IFS) switch is closed
(button pushed in). Try to start engine. If engine does not crank,
check vehicle starting and charging systems. If engine cranks, go to
step 2).
2) Check VREF Signal At TP Sensor
Turn ignition off. Disconnect Throttle Position (TP) sensor.
Turn ignition on (engine off). Measure voltage between VREF and SIG
RTN at TP sensor harness connector.See Fig. 5. If voltage is not 4-6
volts, go to CIRCUIT TEST C. If voltage is 4-6 volts, reconnect TP
sensor and go to next step.

Fig. 5: TP Sensor Wiring Harness Connector Terminal ID (AC2)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 26 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

3) Check For Spark At Plugs


Disconnect any spark plug wire. Connect spark tester between
plug wire and engine ground. Crank engine and check for spark. If
spark is present, reconnect spark plug wire and go to next step. If
spark is not present, check ignition system. See IGNITION SYSTEMS in
the I - SYSTEM/COMPONENT TESTS article in this section.
4) Check IGN GND Continuity
Turn ignition off, and wait 10 seconds. Disconnect PCM 60-pin
connector, and inspect it for damaged pins, corrosion and loose wires.
Repair as necessary. Install Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving
PCM disconnected. Disconnect Ignition Control Module (ICM). Measure
resistance between test pin No. 16 at breakout box and IGN GND
terminal at ICM wiring harness connector. If resistance is 5 ohms or
more, repair open in IGN GND circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If reading
is less than 5 ohms, go to next step.
5) Check PIP For Short To Power
Ensure ICM and PCM are disconnected. Turn ignition on.
Measure voltage between test pin No. 56 at breakout box and negative
battery terminal. If voltage is greater than 7 volts, repair PIP
circuit short to power and repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is 7 volts or
less, go to next step.
6) Check PIP Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Measure resistance between test pin No. 56
at breakout box and PIP terminal at ICM wiring harness connector. If
resistance is less than 5 ohms, go to next step. If resistance is 5
ohms or more, repair open PIP circuit and repeat QUICK TEST.
7) Check PIP Circuit For Shorts To Ground
Ensure ICM and PCM are disconnected. Measure resistance
between test pin No. 56 (PIP) and test pins No. 16, 40, 46 and 60 for
short to ground. If any reading is less than 10,000 ohms, repair short
in PIP circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If engine still does not start,
go to next step. If all readings are 10,000 ohms or more, go to next
step.
8) Isolate Shorts In PCM
Ensure ignition is turned off. With breakout box installed,
connect PCM to breakout box. Leave ICM disconnected. Measure
resistance between test pin No. 56 (PIP) and test pins No. 37 and 57
for short to power. Measure resistance between test pin No. 56 and
test pins No. 40 and 60 for short to ground. If any resistance is not
15,000-180,000 ohms, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST. If all
resistances are 15,000-180,000 ohms, go to next step.
9) Check PIP Signal
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM from breakout box.
Reconnect ICM wiring harness connector. Measure voltage between test
pins No. 56 and 16 at breakout box while cranking engine. Record
voltage. If voltage is 3-7 volts, go to next step. If voltage is not
3-7 volts, replace ICM and repeat QUICK TEST.
10) Isolate Short In PCM
Turn ignition off. Reconnect PCM to breakout box, leaving ICM
disconnected. Measure voltage between test pins No. 56 and 16 at
breakout box while cranking engine. Record voltage. If voltage is 3-7
volts, go to next step. If voltage is not 3-7 volts, replace PCM and

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 27 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

repeat QUICK TEST.

CAUTION: Stop this test at first sign of a fuel leak. DO NOT allow
smoking or an open flame in vicinity of vehicle during
these tests.

11) Fuel Pump Check


Connect fuel pressure gauge to vehicle. Note initial fuel
pressure reading. Pressurize fuel system by turning ignition on for
one second, and observe pressure gauge. Turn ignition off, and wait 10
seconds. Repeat sequence 5 times. If pressure increases, proceed to
CIRCUIT TEST S. If pressure does not increase, go to FUEL SYSTEM in
the I - SYSTEM/COMPONENT TESTS article in this section.

CIRCUIT TEST B - CHECKING VEHICLE BATTERY

Diagnostic Aids
Enter this CIRCUIT TEST only when directed by CIRCUIT TEST C,
CIRCUIT TEST J, CIRCUIT TEST PA, CIRCUIT TEST PB or CIRCUIT TEST PC.
This test is only intended to diagnose:

* Power Control Module (PCM).


* EEC power relay.
* Ignition switch.
* Wiring harness circuits (SIG RTN, PWR GND, VPWR, KAPWR and
VREF).

To prevent replacement of good components, be aware the


following non-EEC related areas and components may be cause of
problem:

* Battery cables and ground straps.


* Voltage regulator.
* Alternator.
* Ignition switch.

Fig. 6: Power Relay Circuit ID (B4)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 28 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

TEST PIN NO. 40 & 60 (PWR GND) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

4.0L ................................... Black/Light Green


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

CAUTION: Disconnecting vehicle battery will erase stored


operating information from Keep-Alive Memory (KAM).
If battery is disconnected, vehicle computer and
memory systems may lose memory data. Driveability
problems may exist until computer systems have
completed a relearn cycle. Refer to the appropriate
COMPUTER RELEARN PROCEDURES article in GENERAL
INFORMATION section before disconnecting battery.

1) Battery Voltage Check


Turn ignition on (engine off). Measure battery voltage. If
voltage is less than 10.5 volts, recharge or replace battery. If
voltage is 10.5 volts or more, go to next step.
2) Check Continuity Of PWR GND Circuit
Turn ignition off. Wait 10 seconds. Disconnect PCM. Inspect
connector pins and repair if necessary. Install Breakout Box (T83L-50-
EEC-IV), leaving PCM connected. Measure resistance between test pins
No. 40 and 60 at breakout box and negative battery terminal. If
resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair open in PWR GND circuit, and
repeat QUICK TEST. If both readings are less than 5 ohms, go to next
step.
3) Check For Open Between SIG RTN & PWR GND Circuits At PCM
With breakout box installed and PCM connected, measure
resistance between test pin No. 46 and test pins No. 40 and 60 at
breakout box. If readings are 5 ohms or more, replace PCM and repeat
QUICK TEST. If resistance readings are less than 5 ohms, go to next
step.
4) Check Continuity Of SIG RTN Circuit
Ensure ignition is turned off. Measure resistance between
test pin No. 46 at breakout box and SIG RTN terminal of Data Link
Connector (DLC). If resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair open in SIG
RTN circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is less than 5 ohms,
go to next step.
5) Check KAPWR Circuit Voltage At EEC Power Relay
Turn ignition off. Locate relay block in engine compartment.
Disconnect EEC power relay from relay block. Turn ignition on. Measure
voltage between KAPWR terminal at EEC power relay connector and
negative battery terminal. Measure voltage between test pin No. 1 at
breakout box and negative battery terminal. If either voltage is 10.5
volts or less, open circuit between KAPWR circuit between EEC power
relay and positive battery terminal. If voltage is 10.5 volts or more,
go to next step.

NOTE: Vehicles equipped with Power Distribution Boxes use a diode


to provide electrical surge protection for the ignition

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 29 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

switch and Ignition Control Module (ICM). If a


no-start/no-code condition exists, ensure diode continuity
is present in one direction only before going to step 6).

6) Check Ignition Circuit Voltage At EEC Power Relay


Ensure PCM is connected to breakout box and EEC power relay
is disconnected. Turn ignition on. Measure voltage between negative
battery terminal and IGNITION terminal at EEC power relay connector.
If voltage is less than 10.5 volts, repair open in ignition switch
circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is 10.5 volts or more, go to
next step.
7) Check PWR GND Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off, and wait 10 seconds. With PCM connected to
breakout box, measure resistance between negative battery terminal and
PWR GND terminal at EEC power relay connector. If resistance is 10
ohms or more, repair open circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If reading is
less than 10 ohms, go to next step.
8) Check VPWR Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Measure resistance between test pins No.
37 and 57 (VPWR) at breakout box and VPWR terminal of EEC power relay
connector. If resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair VPWR open circuit
between EEC power relay and PCM. Repeat QUICK TEST. If reading is less
than 5 ohms, go to next step.
9) Check VPWR Circuit Voltage
Turn ignition off. Install EEC power relay. Turn ignition on.
With PCM connected, measure voltage between test pins No. 37 and 57
(VPWR) and test pins No. 40 and 60 (PWR GND) and 46 (SIG RTN) at
breakout box. If voltage is 10.5 volts or more, repair circuit between
PCM and EEC power relay. Repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is less than
10.5 volts, replace EEC power relay. Repeat QUICK TEST.

CIRCUIT TEST C - REFERENCE VOLTAGE

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test when a check for VREF signal has failed in
sensor input CIRCUIT TEST DA and CIRCUIT TEST DS, or if directed by
CIRCUIT TEST AA, CIRCUIT TEST AB, CIRCUIT TEST AC, or CIRCUIT TEST QA.
SIG RTN is a dedicated ground used by most EEC-IV system
sensors. VREF is a 5-volt reference voltage that is continuously
output by PCM. This consistent voltage signal is used on all 3-wire
sensors.
This circuit test is only intended to diagnose SIG RTN, VREF,
TP, EVP, PFE, DPFE, MAP and BP circuits.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 30 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Fig. 7: Reference Voltage Circuits & Connector Terminal ID (C1)

TEST PIN NO. 26 (VREF) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ..................................... Brown/White


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PIN NO. 46 (SIG RTN) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ........................................ Gray/Red


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

1) Check Battery Power Circuit


Turn ignition off, and wait 10 seconds. Disconnect PCM 60-pin
connector. Inspect for damage and repair as necessary. Install
Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV). Connect PCM to breakout box. Turn
ignition on. Measure and record voltage between breakout box test pin
No. 37 and SIG RTN terminal of Data Link Connector (DLC). Measure and
record voltage across battery terminals. If both readings are less
than 10.5 volts, or if they differ by more than one volt, reconnect
sensor (if applicable) and go to CIRCUIT TEST B. If voltages are 10.5
volts or more and do not differ from one another by more than one
volt, go to next step.
2) Check VREF Voltage
With breakout box installed and PCM connected, turn ignition
on. Measure voltage between test pins No. 26 and 46 at breakout box.
If voltage is 4-6 volts, go to next step. If voltage is more than 6
volts, go to step 4). If voltage is less than 4 volts, go to step 5).

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 31 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

3) Check VREF & SIG RTN Circuit Continuity


Turn ignition off. If directed here by a sensor test, ensure
sensor is disconnected. Disconnect PCM from breakout box. Measure
resistance between test pin No. 26 and VREF terminal at wiring harness
connector of applicable sensor. Measure resistance between test pin
No. 46 and SIG RTN circuit terminal at wiring harness connector of
applicable sensor. If both readings are less than 5 ohms, VREF circuit
is okay. If either reading is 5 ohms or more, repair open in VREF or
SIG RTN circuit and repeat QUICK TEST.
4) Check For Excess VREF Circuit Voltage
Turn ignition off. With breakout box installed, disconnect
PCM and scan tester or Star tester (if applicable). Turn ignition on.
Measure voltage between test pin No. 26 and battery ground. If voltage
is less than 0.5 volt, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage
is 0.5 volt or more, repair short to battery power in wiring harness.
Remove breakout box and repeat QUICK TEST. Replace PCM if fault still
occurs.
5) Check For Shorted TP Sensor
Turn ignition off. Connect PCM to breakout box. Disconnect
Throttle Position (TP) sensor from wiring harness. Turn ignition on.
Measure voltage between test pins No. 26 and 46 at breakout box. If
voltage is 4 volts or more, replace TP sensor and repeat QUICK TEST.
If voltage is less than 4 volts on models with EVP, PFE or DPFE
sensor, go to next step. If voltage is less than 4 volts on all other
models, go to step 7).
6) Check For Shorted EVP/PFE/DPFE Sensor
Turn ignition off. Disconnect EVP/PFE/DPFE sensor. Turn
ignition on. Measure voltage between test pins No. 26 and 46. If
voltage is 4 volts or more, replace EVP/PFE/DPFE sensor and repeat
QUICK TEST. If voltage is less than 4 volts, reconnect EVP/PFE/DPFE
sensor and go to next step.
7) Check For Shorted MAP/BARO Sensor
On models not equipped with a MAP/BARO sensor, go to next
step. On all other models, turn ignition off. Disconnect MAP/BARO
sensor. Turn ignition on. Measure voltage between test pins No. 26 and
46. If voltage is 4 volts or more, replace MAP/BARO sensor. Remove
breakout box, and repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is less than 4 volts,
reconnect MAP/BARO sensor and go to step 8).
8) Check VREF Circuit For Short To Ground
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM, TP sensor, MAP/BARO sensor
and EVP/PFE/DPFE sensor (if equipped). Measure resistance between test
pin No. 26 and test pins No. 20, 40, 46 and 60. If any resistance is
less than 1000 ohms, repair short to ground. Remove breakout box, and
repeat QUICK TEST. If original problem still exists, replace PCM and
repeat QUICK TEST. If readings are 1000 ohms or more, replace PCM and
repeat QUICK TEST.

CIRCUIT TEST DA - TEMPERATURE SENSOR TEST (ECT & IAT)

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test only when directed by QUICK TEST. Ambient
air temperature must be at least 50øF (10øC) to receive valid input

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 32 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

from IAT sensor. Engine coolant temperature must be greater than 50øF
(10øC) to pass KOEO SELF-TEST and greater than 180øF (82øC) to pass
KOER SELF-TEST. Voltage values in this test are based on a 5-volt VREF
signal. Values may vary up to 15% due to sensor and VREF variations.
This circuit test is intended to diagnose the following
components and circuits:

* Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor.


* Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor.
* Wiring harness circuits (IAT, ECT and SIG RTN).
* Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

To prevent replacing good components, ensure the following


non-EEC areas or components are not cause of problem:

* Coolant level low.


* Cooling system, water pump or fan.
* Engine operating temperature.
* Engine oil level low.
* Thermostat.
* Air cleaner duct.
* Ambient temperature.

Fig. 8: Temperature Sensor Circuits & Connector Terminal ID (DA1)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 33 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

TEST PIN NO. 7 (ECT) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ................................. Light Green/Red


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PIN NO. 25 (IAT) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ............................................ Gray


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PIN NO. 46 (SIG RTN) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ........................................ Gray/Red


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

1) Code 114 Or 116


Code 114 (IAT) or 116 (ECT) indicates corresponding sensor is
out of self-test range. Correct range for measurement is .3-3.7 volts.
Check for following possible causes:

* Low ambient temperature (less than 50øF).


* Low coolant level.
* Faulty harness connector.
* Faulty sensor.
* IAT sensor improperly mounted in air cleaner.

If vehicle cannot be started, go to step 3). If vehicle


stalls, go to CIRCUIT TEST S. Ensure upper radiator hose is hot and
pressurized. Repeat QUICK TEST. If Code 114 or 116 is present, go to
next step. If none of these codes are present, service other codes as
necessary.
2) Check VREF Circuit Voltage At TP sensor
Turn ignition off. Disconnect Throttle Position (TP) sensor.
Turn ignition on. Measure voltage at TP sensor wiring harness
connector between VREF and SIG RTN. See Fig. 9. If voltage is 4-6
volts, reconnect TP sensor and go to next step. If voltage is not 4-6
volts, go to CIRCUIT TEST C.
3) Check Temperature Sensor Resistance
Turn ignition off. Disconnect suspect sensor. Measure
resistance between sensor signal circuit and SIG RTN circuit at
sensor. If resistance is not within specification, replace suspected
sensor. See ECT & IAT SENSOR SPECIFICATIONS table below. Reconnect
wiring harness, and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is within
specification, perform following step as applicable.

* For diagnosing vehicles with ECT sensor and a no-start

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 34 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

condition, DO NOT service Code 116 at this time. Go to


CIRCUIT TEST AC.

ECT & IAT SENSOR SPECIFICATIONS TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Temperature øF (øC) (1) Volts (1) Ohms

50 (10) ................. 3.51 .................. 58,750


68 (20) ................. 3.07 .................. 27,300
86 (30) ................. 2.60 .................. 24,270
104 (40) ................ 2.13 .................. 16,150
122 (50) ................ 1.70 .................. 10,970
140 (60) ................ 1.33 .................... 7700
158 (70) ................ 1.33 .................... 7700
176 (80) ................ 0.78 .................... 3840
194 (90) ................ 0.60 .................... 2800
212 (100) ............... 0.46 .................... 2070

(1) - Values may vary by 15 percent.


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

Fig. 9: TP Sensor Wiring Harness Connector Terminal ID (DA2)

4) Warm engine to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition


off. Disconnect suspect sensor. Run engine at 2000 RPM for 2 minutes.
Measure resistance between sensor signal circuit and SIG RTN circuit
at temperature sensor. See ECT & IAT SENSOR SPECIFICATIONS table. If

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 35 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

resistance is within specification, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.


If sensor is not within specification, replace sensor and repeat QUICK
TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 4) to step 10). No test procedures
have been omitted.

10) Code 113 Or 118: Induce Opposite Code (Code 112 Or 117)
Code 113 (IAT) or 118 (ECT) indicates corresponding sensor
signal is greater than self-test maximum. Maximum signal voltage for
ECT and IAT sensor is 4.6 volts. Possible causes for excess voltage
signals are:

* Open circuit in wiring harness (IAT or ECT).


* Faulty connection.
* Faulty sensor.
* Faulty PCM.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect suspect temperature sensor.


Connect a jumper wire between sensor signal terminal and SIG RTN
terminal at sensor wiring harness connector. Repeat QUICK TEST. If
Code 112 or 117 is displayed, replace suspect sensor and repeat QUICK
TEST. If Code 112 or 117 is not displayed, remove jumper wire and go
to next step.
11) Check Continuity Of Sensor Signal & SIG RTN Circuits
Turn ignition off. Ensure suspect temperature sensor is
disconnected. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Check for damaged
wiring, and repair as necessary. Install Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-
IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure resistance between test pin No.
7 (ECT sensor) or test pin No. 25 (IAT sensor) at breakout box and
signal terminal at sensor wiring harness connector. Also measure
resistance between test pin No. 46 and SIG RTN circuit at sensor
wiring harness connector. If both readings are less than 5 ohms,
replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST. If either reading is 5 ohms or
more, repair open circuit. Remove breakout box and repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 11) to step 20). No test
procedures have been omitted.

20) Code 112 Or 117: Induce Opposite Code (113 Or 118) -Code
112 (IAT) or 117 (ECT) indicates sensor signal is less than self-test
minimum. Minimum signal for IAT and ECT sensor is 0.2 volt. Possible
causes for this fault are:

* Circuit grounded in wiring harness (IAT or ECT).


* Faulty sensor.
* Faulty PCM.
* Faulty connection.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect wiring harness connector from

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 36 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

suspect sensor. Check for damaged wiring, and repair as necessary.


Repeat KOEO SELF-TEST. If Code 113 or 118 is present, replace sensor
and repeat QUICK TEST. If Code 113 or 118 is not present, go to next
step.
21) Check VREF Circuit Voltage At TP Sensor
Turn ignition off. Disconnect wiring harness connector from
suspect sensor. Disconnect TP sensor. Turn ignition on. Measure
voltage between VREF and SIG RTN at TP sensor wiring harness
connector. If voltage is not 4-6 volts, go to CIRCUIT TEST C. If
voltage is 4-6 volts, connect TP sensor and go to next step.
22) Check Temperature Sensor Signal For Shorts To Ground
Turn ignition off. Disconnect suspect sensor. Disconnect PCM
60-pin connector. Inspect for damage and repair as necessary. Install
Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure
resistance between test pin No. 7 (ECT) or 25 (IAT) and pins No. 40,
46 and 60. If any reading is less than 10,000 ohms, repair short
circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If all readings are 10,000 ohms or
more, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 22) to step 90). No test
procedures have been omitted.

90) Continuous Memory Code 112, 113, 117 Or 118


A Continuous Memory Code 113 or 118 indicates sensor signal
is greater than self-test maximum of 4.6 volts. Code is set during
normal driving conditions. Continuous Memory Code 112 or 117 indicates
sensor signal is less than self-test minimum of 0.2 volt. Code is set
during normal driving conditions. Possible causes for these faults
are:

* Faulty sensor.
* Open or grounded circuit in harness.
* Faulty PCM.

SENSOR CODES TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Sensor Continuous Memory Code

IAT ............................................. 112 Or 113


ECT ............................................. 117 Or 118
ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

Enter KOEO wiggle test mode. See CONTINUOUS MONITOR MODE


(WIGGLE TEST) under QUICK TEST. Observe analog voltmeter or scan
tester for indication of fault while tapping sensor lightly and
wiggling sensor connector. If fault is not indicated, go to next step.
If fault is indicated, disconnect and inspect connector and terminals.
If connector and terminals are okay, replace sensor, clear continuous
memory and repeat QUICK TEST.
91) Check EEC-IV Wiring Harness
While in CONTINUOUS MONITOR MODE (WIGGLE TEST), observe

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 37 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

analog voltmeter or scan tester while wiggling and bending wiring


harness, a small section at a time, from sensor to cowl. Also check
harness from cowl to PCM. If fault is indicated, isolate fault and
repair as necessary. Clear continuous memory, and repeat QUICK TEST.
If no fault is found, go to next step.
92) Inspect PCM & Wiring Harness Connectors
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect
both connector and connector terminals for damage. If connectors or
terminals are damaged, repair as necessary and repeat QUICK TEST. If
connectors and terminals are okay and fault cannot be duplicated at
this time, see SUMMARY in this article.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 92) to step 100). No test
procedures have been omitted.

100) Continuous Memory Code 338


A Continuous Memory Code 338 indicates cooling system has not
reached normal operating temperature. Possible causes for this fault
are:

* Thermostat stuck open.


* Coolant outlet gasket leak.
* Water pump gasket leak.

Repair cooling system as necessary. Clear continuous memory,


and repeat QUICK TEST.
101) Continuous Memory Code 339
A Continuous Memory Code 339 indicates cooling system has
overheated. Possible causes for this fault are:

* Coolant level low.


* Thermostat stuck closed.
* Coolant system clogged.
* Radiator fins clogged.
* Water pump damaged or worn.
* Radiator cap damaged or worn.
* Cooling fan defective or worn.

Repair cooling system as necessary. Clear continuous memory,


and repeat QUICK TEST.

Fig. 5 - (AC2) NOTE: Either type may be fitted.


Fig. 9 - (DA2) NOTE: Either type may be fitted.

CIRCUIT TEST DC - MASS AIRFLOW (MAF) SENSOR

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test when directed by QUICK TEST. This CIRCUIT
TEST is intended to diagnose the following:

* MAF sensor.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 38 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

* Wiring harness circuits (VPWR, PWR GND, MAF and MAF RTN).
* Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

To prevent replacement of good components, be aware the


following non-EEC related areas may be cause of problem:

* Air cleaner element.


* Inlet air duct.
* Throttle body.

Code 26/159, retrieved during KOEO SELF-TEST, indicates


voltage exceeded .7-volt test range. Code 26/159, retrieved during
KOER SELF-TEST, indicates voltage is not within .2-1.5 volts operating
range. Possible causes are faulty MAF sensor or PCM.

Fig. 10: MAF Sensor Ckt. & Conn. Terminal ID (DC1 - Black Conn.)

Fig. 11: MAF Sensor Ckt. & Connector Terminal ID (DC2 - Gray
Connector)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 39 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

MAF WIRE COLOR & TEST PIN IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color Test Pin No.

4.0L ............... Light Blue/Red ................. 50


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

MAF RTN WIRE COLOR & TEST PIN IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color Test Pin No.

4.0L ............... Tan/Light Blue .................. 9


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PINS NO. 37 & 57 (VPWR) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ............................................. Red


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PINS NO. 40 & 60 (PWR GND) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

4.0L ................................... Black/Light Green


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

MAF SIGNAL VOLTAGE TABLE (1)


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Volts

Idle .................................................... .6
20 MPH ................................................. 1.1
40 MPH ................................................. 1.7
60 MPH ................................................. 2.1

(1) - MAF signal voltage is typical for normal operating


temperature. Voltage signal may vary due to engine load
and temperature.
ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

NOTE: Code 159 may be caused by use of a garage exhaust


ventilation system. Ensure vehicle is vented to outside
atmosphere before repeating QUICK TEST.

1) Code 159: Check VPWR Circuit Voltage


Code 159 indicates that MAF sensor was out of range during
KOEO or KOER SELF-TEST. Possible causes for this fault are:

* Air leak before or after MAF sensor.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 40 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

* Faulty MAF sensor.


* Faulty IAC solenoid.
* Open or grounded wiring harness.
* Faulty PCM.

Repeat QUICK TEST. If a Code 412 is displayed, proceed to


CIRCUIT TEST KE, step 1). If a Code 411 is displayed, proceed to
CIRCUIT TEST KE, step 15). If Code 411 or 412 is not present, go to
next step.
2) VPWR Circuit Voltage Check
Turn ignition off. Disconnect MAF sensor connector. Set DVOM
on 20-volt scale. Turn ignition on. Measure voltage between VPWR
terminal at MAF sensor wiring harness connector and negative battery
terminal. If voltage is less than 10.5 volts, repair open in VPWR
circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is 10.5 volts or more, go to
next step.
3) Check MAF Sensor Ground
Turn ignition on. With MAF sensor disconnected, measure
voltage between VPWR terminal and PWR GND terminal at MAF sensor
connector. If voltage is less than 10.5 volts, repair open PWR GND
circuit. Connect MAF sensor, and repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is 10.5
volts or more, go to step 13).

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 3) to step 10). No test procedures
have been omitted.

10) Continuous Memory Code 157: Check For Intermittent Sensor


Failure
Continuous Memory Code 157 indicates MAF signal was less than
0.4 volt sometime during last 80 warm-up cycles. Possible causes for
this fault are:

* Open MAF circuit.


* MAF circuit shorted to ground.
* Faulty MAF sensor.
* MAF sensor disconnected.

Start engine and allow to idle for 5-10 minutes. Perform KOEO
SELF-TEST. If Code 157 is present, go to step 13). If Code 157 is not
present, go to step 11).
11) Turn ignition off. Disconnect and inspect 60-pin
connector at PCM. Service if necessary. Install Breakout Box (T83L-50-
EEC-IV), leaving PCM connected. Connect DVOM between MAF test pin and
MAF RTN test pin. See appropriate table at beginning of this CIRCUIT
TEST. DVOM should read about 0.4 volt. Start engine and allow to idle.
Lightly tap on MAF sensor and wiggle wiring harness to simulate road
conditions. If sudden change in DVOM reading occurs, fault is
indicated. If fault is indicated, replace MAF sensor and repeat QUICK
TEST. If no fault is indicated, leave DVOM connected and go to next
step.
12) Check Wiring Harness For Open Or Short Circuit

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 41 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Turn ignition on. Shake and bend small sections of wiring


harness starting at MAF sensor and working toward dash panel. Shake
and bend small sections of wiring harness starting at dash panel and
working toward PCM. If fault is indicated, isolate and repair as
necessary. If fault is not indicated, problem is intermittent and
cannot be duplicated at this time.
13) Code 129 Or 157: Check For Air Leak At MAF Sensor
Check for broken or loose air outlet tube clamps at throttle
body and air cleaner assembly. Repair or replace as necessary. If no
faults are found, go to next step.
14) Check Continuity Of MAF & VPWR Circuit
Turn ignition off. Disconnect MAF sensor and PCM wiring
harness connector. Install Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM
disconnected. Measure resistance between MAF terminal of MAF sensor
wiring harness connector and test pins No. 37 and 57. Measure
resistance between MAF terminal of MAF sensor wiring harness connector
and MAF test pin at breakout box. If resistances are more than 5 ohms,
repair open circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistances are 5 ohms
or less, go to step 15).
15) Check MAF Signal For Short To Ground
Turn ignition off. Ensure MAF sensor and PCM wiring harness
are disconnected. Measure resistance between MAF test pin and test
pins No. 40, 60 and MAF RTN test pin. If resistance is less than 10,
000 ohms, repair short circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is
10,000 ohms or more, go to next step.
16) Turn ignition off. Ensure MAF sensor and PCM wiring
harness connector are disconnected. Measure resistance between PWR GND
terminal at MAF sensor wiring harness connector and negative battery
terminal. If resistance is 10 ohms or more, repair open PWR GND
circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is less than 10 ohms, go
to step 17).
17) Check Continuity Of MAF RTN Circuit
Ensure ignition is turned off. Measure resistance between MAF
RTN terminal of MAF sensor wiring harness connector and MAF RTN test
pin at breakout box. If resistance is more than 5 ohms, repair open
circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is 5 ohms or less, go to
next step.
18) Check MAF Circuit For Short To Ground
Turn ignition off. Ensure MAF sensor is disconnected. Connect
PCM to breakout box. Measure resistance between MAF test pin and test
pins No. 40, 60 and MAF RTN test pin. If resistance is less than 10,
000 ohms, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is 10,000
ohms or more, go to next step.
19) Check MAF Circuit Output
Turn ignition off. Connect MAF sensor wiring harness
connector. Start engine. Measure resistance between MAF test pin and
negative battery terminal. If voltage is .36-1.50 volts, go to next
step. If voltage is not .36-1.50 volts, replace MAF sensor and repeat
QUICK TEST.
20) With engine running, measure resistance between MAF test
pin and MAF RTN test pin at breakout box. If voltage is .36-1.50
volts, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is not .36-1.50

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 42 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

volts, replace MAF sensor and repeat QUICK TEST.


21) Code 158
Turn ignition off. Disconnect MAF sensor wiring harness
connector. Start engine, and allow it to idle for one minute. Turn
ignition off. Repeat KOEO SELF-TEST. If Code 157 is present, replace
MAF sensor and repeat QUICK TEST. If Code 157 is not present, go to
next step.
22) Check MAF Circuit For Short To VPWR
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector, and
inspect it for damaged or corroded terminals. Service if necessary.
Measure resistance between MAF and VPWR terminals at MAF sensor wiring
harness connector. If resistance is 10,000 ohms or more, replace PCM
and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is less than 10,000 ohms, repair
short circuit and repeat QUICK TEST.

CIRCUIT TEST DF - MAP/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE (BARO) SENSOR

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test when directed by QUICK TEST or CIRCUIT TEST
S. Barometric pressure sensor output is digital and must be measured
using an oscilloscope or MAP/BARO tester. To prevent replacement of
good components, be aware the following non-EEC related areas may be
cause of problem:

* Unusually high or low atmospheric barometric pressure.


* Kinked or blocked vacuum lines.
* Engine mechanical condition (compression, timing, etc.).
This test is intended to diagnose the following:
* MAP/BARO sensor.
* Wiring harness circuits (VREF, MAP/BARO SIG and SIG RTN).
* MAP vacuum line.
* Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

Fig. 12: MAP/BARO Sensor Ckt., Conn. Terminal & Tester Hookup ID
(DF1)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 43 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

TEST PIN NO. 26 (VREF) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ..................................... Brown/White


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PIN NO. 45 (MAP/BARO SIG) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer (AODE) ........................ Light Green/Black


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PIN NO. 46 (SIG RTN) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ........................................ Gray/Red


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

MAP SENSOR SPECIFICATIONS TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Manifold Vacuum Frequency
In. Hg Hz

0 ...................................................... 159
3 ...................................................... 150
6 ...................................................... 141
9 ...................................................... 133
12 ..................................................... 125
15 ..................................................... 117
18 ..................................................... 109
21 ..................................................... 102
24 ...................................................... 95
27 ...................................................... 88
30 ...................................................... 80
ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

MAP/BARO SENSOR SPECIFICATIONS TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Barometric Pressure Frequency
In. Hg Hz

17.1 ................................................. 122.4


18.3 ................................................. 125.5
19.5 ................................................. 128.7
20.7 ................................................. 131.9
21.8 ................................................. 135.1
23.0 ................................................. 138.3
24.2 ................................................. 141.8

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 44 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

25.4 ................................................. 145.4


26.6 ................................................. 148.9
27.7 ................................................. 152.5
28.9 ................................................. 156.1
30.1 ................................................. 159.6
31.0 ................................................. 162.4
ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

1) Code 22/126: Check Power To MAP/BARO Sensor


Code 22/126 indicates MAP/BARO sensor is out of self-test
voltage range (1.4-1.6 volts). Following are possible causes of this
code:

* Vacuum trapped at MAP/BARO sensor.


* High atmospheric pressure.
* MAP/BARO signal circuit open between sensor and PCM.
* MAP/BARO signal circuit shorted to VREF, SIG RTN or GND.
* VREF circuit open at sensor.
* SIG RTN circuit open at sensor.
* Faulty MAP/BARO sensor.
* Faulty PCM.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect MAP/BARO sensor from wiring


harness.Connect MAP/BARO tester between wiring harness and MAP/BARO
sensor. Connect banana plugs of tester into DVOM. Set DVOM on 20-volt
scale. Turn ignition on. If Red light or no light is on, VREF is out
of range go to next step. If Green light is on, VREF is okay. go to
step 3).
2) Check Power At Sensor Wiring Harness Connector
Disconnect MAP/BARO sensor. Turn ignition on. If Green light
on tester is lit, replace MAP/BARO sensor and repeat QUICK TEST. If
Green light is not on, remove MAP/BARO tester. Connect MAP/BARO
sensor, and go to CIRCUIT TEST C.
3) Check MAP/BARO Sensor Output
With MAP/BARO tester connected and ignition on, measure
sensor output voltage. See MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE OUTPUT table. If output
voltage is within range for altitude in which vehicle is being tested,
remove MAP/BARO tester and go to next step. If output reading is not
within range, remove MAP/BARO tester and go to step 5).

Diagnostic Aids
If possible, measure output voltage of several known good
MAP/BARO sensors on available vehicles. Average voltage reading will
be typical for location and time of testing.

MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE OUTPUT TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Elevation (Feet) Volts

0 ................................................... 1.59
1000 ................................................ 1.56
2000 ................................................ 1.53

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 45 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

3000 ................................................ 1.50


4000 ................................................ 1.47
5000 ................................................ 1.44
6000 ................................................ 1.41
7000 ................................................ 1.39
ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

4) Check MAP/BARO SIG Circuit Continuity


Turn ignition off. Disconnect MAP/BARO sensor wiring harness
connector. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect it for damaged
wiring, and repair as necessary. Install Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-
IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure resistance between MAP/BARO SIG
terminal at sensor wiring harness connector and test pin No. 45. If
reading is less than 5 ohms, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST. If
reading is 5 ohms or more, repair open MAP/BARO SIG circuit and repeat
QUICK TEST.
5) Check MAP/BARO SIG Circuit For Short To VREF, SIG RTN &
Ground
Turn ignition off, and wait 10 seconds. Disconnect PCM 60-pin
connector. Inspect it for damaged wiring, and repair as necessary.
Install Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected.
Disconnect wiring harness at MAP/BARO sensor. Measure resistance
between test pin No. 45 and test pins No. 26, 40, 46 and 60. If any
resistance is less than 10,000 ohms, repair short circuit. Repeat
QUICK TEST. If all readings are 10,000 ohms or more, replace MAP/BARO
sensor. Repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 5) to step 7). No test procedures
have been omitted.

7) KOER Code 22/126: Check For EGR-Related Codes


Code 22/126 indicates MAP/BARO signal is out of self-test
range during KOER SELF-TEST. Possible causes for this code are:

* Excess EGR flow.


* Damaged or mis-routed MAP/BARO sensor vacuum hose.
* Faulty MAP/BARO sensor.

If Code 326, 327, 328, 332, 334, 336 or 337 is present,


perform applicable CIRCUIT TEST. See SERVICE CODE REFERENCE CHARTS. If
codes are not present, go to next step.
8) Check MAP Sensor Operation
Turn ignition off. Disconnect vacuum hose from MAP sensor.
Connect vacuum pump to MAP sensor, and apply 18 in. Hg. If vacuum is
not held, replace sensor and repeat QUICK TEST. If MAP sensor holds
vacuum, release vacuum and go to next step.
9) Attempt To Eliminate Code 22/126
Plug MAP sensor vacuum supply hose. Start engine, and run it
at 1400-1600 RPM. Slowly apply 15 in. Hg to MAP sensor. Perform KOER
SELF-TEST. Check for Code 22/126, disregarding any other codes at this
time. If Code 22/126 is still present, replace MAP sensor. If Code

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 46 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

22/126 is not present, inspect MAP sensor vacuum supply hose. If hose
is okay, service other codes at this time. If no other code is
present, check engine mechanical condition for cause of low vacuum.
10) Code 72/129: Repeat Dynamic Response Test
Code 72/129 indicates MAP sensor output did not change enough
during dynamic response test. Possible causes for this code are:

* System failed to detect Wide Open Throttle (WOT).


* Damaged or mis-routed MAP/BARO sensor vacuum hose.
* Faulty MAP sensor.

Repeat KOER SELF-TEST. Ensure complete WOT is performed


during dynamic response portion of test. If KOER Code 72/129 is still
present, go to next step. If code is not present, service any other
codes as necessary.
11) Continuous Memory Code 81/128
Continuous Memory Code 81/128 indicates MAP sensor vacuum has
not changed more than 2 in. Hg during normal vehicle operation.
Possible causes for this code are:

* MAP sensor vacuum hose is improperly routed, blocked or is


leaking.
* MAP sensor is leaking.

Check vacuum lines for correct routing. Refer to Vehicle


Emission Control Identification (VECI) decal. Check for loose
connections, kinks and blockage. Repair vacuum lines as necessary. If
vacuum lines are okay, go to next step.
12) Check MAP Sensor Operation
Turn ignition off. Disconnect vacuum supply hose from MAP
sensor. Attach vacuum pump to MAP sensor. Apply 18 in. Hg to MAP
sensor. If MAP sensor holds vacuum, release vacuum and go to next
step. If sensor does not hold vacuum, replace MAP sensor and repeat
QUICK TEST.
13) Verify Vacuum To MAP Sensor Decreases During Dynamic
Response Test
Turn ignition off. Use a "T" fitting to install a vacuum
gauge in MAP sensor vacuum hose. Perform KOER SELF-TEST while
observing vacuum gauge. If vacuum decreases by more than 10 in. Hg
during dynamic response test, replace MAP sensor and repeat QUICK
TEST. If vacuum does not decrease by more than 10 in. Hg, EEC-IV
system is okay. Check for engine mechanical problems affecting engine
vacuum.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 13) to step 90). No test
procedures have been omitted.

90) Continuous Memory Code 22/126


Code 22/126 indicates MAP/BARO sensor was out of self-test
range (1.4-1.6 volts) during normal driving conditions. Possible
causes for this code are:

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 47 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

* Faulty MAP/BARO sensor.


* Faulty wiring harness or connectors.
* Unusually high or low barometric pressure.

Enter CONTINUOUS MONITOR MODE (WIGGLE TEST). Observe test


equipment while performing following:

* Connect a vacuum pump to MAP/BARO sensor.


* Slowly apply 25 in. Hg to sensor.
* Slowly bleed off vacuum from sensor.
* Lightly tap on sensor (to simulate road shock).
* Wiggle sensor connector.

If a fault is indicated, disconnect sensor and inspect


connectors. Repair if necessary. If connectors are okay, replace
MAP/BARO sensor. Repeat QUICK TEST. If a fault is not indicated, go to
next step.
91) Check EEC-IV Wiring Harness
Stay in wiggle test. Observe analog VOM or scan tester for
indication of fault while bending or wiggling small sections of
harness from sensor connector to firewall, and from firewall to PCM.
If fault is indicated, isolate fault in harness and repair as
necessary. Repeat QUICK TEST. If no fault is indicated, go to next
step.
92) Check PCM & Wiring Harness Connectors
Turn ignition off, and wait 10 seconds. Disconnect PCM 60-pin
connector. Inspect connectors and terminals for damage. Repair if
necessary. If connectors and terminals are okay, fault cannot be
duplicated at this time. Testing is complete. Refer to INTERMITTENTS
in H - TESTS W/O CODES article in this section.

CIRCUIT TEST DG - KNOCK SENSOR (KS)

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test when during QUICK TEST procedure or if
directed by other diagnostic tests. This test is intended to diagnose:

* Knock sensor.
* Wiring harness circuits (KS and SIG RTN).
* Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

To prevent replacement of good components, be aware the


following non-EEC related areas may be cause of problem:

* Poor fuel quality.


* Engine mechanical condition.
* Ignition timing.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 48 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Fig. 13: Knock Sensor Circuit & Connector Terminal ID (DG1)

TEST PIN NO. 23 (KS) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ...................................... Yellow/Red


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PIN NO. 46 (SIG RTN) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ........................................ Gray/Red


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

1) Code 225: Generate Knock Signal Manually


Code 225 indicates Knock Sensor (KS) signal was not received
by PCM during dynamic response (goose) check in KOER SELF-TEST.
Possible causes for this fault are:

* Faulty Knock Sensor (KS).


* Open or shorted harness.
* Faulty PCM.

Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect connector terminals


for damage and repair as necessary. Install Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-
IV), leaving PCM connected. Turn ignition on. Measure DC voltage
between test pins No. 23 and No. 46 at breakout box. If DC voltage is
2.4-2.6 volts, go to next step. If DC voltage is less than 2.4 volts,
go to step 4). If DC voltage is more than 2.6 volts, go to step 5).
2) Check KS Voltage Increase
Start engine. Leave DVOM test leads connected to test pins
No. 23 and No. 46. Monitor AC voltage at idle and at 3000 RPM. If AC
voltage increases, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST. If AC voltage
does not increase, go to next step.
3) Check Continuity Of KS & SIG RTN Circuits

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 49 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Turn ignition off. Disconnect knock sensor wiring harness


connector. Measure resistance between SIG RTN terminal at KS wiring
harness connector and test pin No. 46 at breakout box. Measure
resistance between KS terminal at wiring harness connector and test
pin No. 23 at breakout box. If either reading is 5 ohms or more,
repair open circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If both readings are less
than 5 ohms, go to next step.
4) Check KS Circuit For Short To Ground
Turn ignition off. Measure resistance between test pin No. 23
and test pins No. 40, 46 and 60 at breakout box. If all readings are
10,000 ohms or more, replace knock sensor and repeat QUICK TEST. If
Code 225 is still present, replace PCM. If any reading is less than
10,000 ohms, repair short circuit and repeat QUICK TEST.
5) Check KS Circuit For Short To Voltage
Ensure PCM and KS are disconnected. Turn ignition on. Measure
DC voltage between test pins No. 23 and 40. If reading is 0.5 volt or
more, repair short circuit in wiring harness and repeat QUICK TEST. If
reading is less than 0.5 volt, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.

CIRCUIT TEST DH - THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test only when directed by QUICK TEST. This test
is intended to diagnose the following:

* TP sensor.
* Wiring harness circuits (TP, SIG RTN and VREF).
* Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

Normal range of throttle angle measurement for TP sensor is


0-85 degrees. To pass QUICK TEST procedure, range of throttle rotation
(in degrees) must be within 3 percent of specification. See Fig. 15.
To prevent replacement of good components, be aware the
following non-EEC related areas may be at fault:

* Idle speed.
* Binding throttle shaft or linkage.
* Choke cam adjustment (if equipped).
* TP sensor not seated.

Fig. 14: TP Sensor Circuit & Connector Terminal ID

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 50 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

TEST PIN NO. 26 (VREF) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ..................................... Brown/White


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PIN NO. 46 (SIG RTN) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ........................................ Gray/Red


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PIN NO. 47 (TP) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ...................................... Gray/White


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

Fig. 15: TP Sensor Specification Chart

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 51 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

1) KOER Code 121: Check For Other Codes


KOER Code 121 indicates TP sensor rotational setting may be
out of self-test range. Possible causes for this fault are:

* Binding throttle linkage.


* TP sensor not seated correctly.
* Faulty TP sensor.
* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

Perform KOER SELF-TEST. Check for Code 327. If Code 327 is


present with Code 121, service Code 327 and repeat QUICK TEST. If Code
327 is not present, go to next step.
2) KOEO Code 121: Check For Binding Throttle Plate
Inspect throttle body for binding. If throttle body is
binding, check for binding throttle or cruise control linkage, vacuum
line or harness interference, etc. Repair as necessary, and repeat
QUICK TEST. If no mechanical problem is found, go to next step.
3) Code 123: Attempt To Generate Code 122
Code 123 indicates TP sensor signal is greater than self-test
maximum value. Possible causes for this fault are:

* TP sensor not seated properly.


* Faulty TP sensor.
* Short circuit to power.
* Faulty PCM.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect TP sensor wiring harness


connector. Inspect and repair connector pins if damaged. Repeat KOEO
SELF-TEST. Ignore all other codes at this time. If Code 122 is not
displayed, go to step 5). If Code 122 is displayed, go to next step.
4) Check VREF Circuit Voltage
Turn ignition on. Measure voltage between VREF and SIG RTN
terminals at TP sensor wiring harness connector. If reading is 4-6
volts, replace TP sensor and repeat QUICK TEST. If reading is not 4-6
volts, reconnect sensor and go to CIRCUIT TEST C.
5) Check TP Circuit For Short To Power
Turn ignition off. Leave TP sensor disconnected. Disconnect
PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect it for damage and repair as necessary.
Install Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected.
Measure resistance between test pin No. 47 and test pins No. 26 and
57. If either resistance is less than 10,000 ohms, repair short
circuit in wiring harness and repeat QUICK TEST. If both resistances
are 10,000 ohms or more, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this


point.Procedure skips from step 5) to step 10). No test
procedures have been omitted.

10) Code 122: Attempt To Generate Code 121 Or 123


Code 122 indicates TP signal is less than minimum self-test
value. See Fig. 15. Possible causes for this fault are:

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 52 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

* TP sensor not seated correctly.


* Faulty TP sensor.
* Open circuit in wiring harness.
* Grounded circuit in wiring harness.
* Faulty PCM.

Turn ignition off, and wait 10 seconds. Disconnect TP sensor


from harness. Install a jumper wire between VREF and TP terminals at
TP sensor wiring harness connector. Perform KOEO SELF-TEST. If no
codes are generated, remove jumper wire and go to step 13). If Codes
121 and 123 are not present, remove jumper wire and go to next step.
If either Code 121 or 123 is displayed, replace TP sensor and repeat
QUICK TEST.
11) Check VREF Circuit Voltage
Turn ignition on. Measure voltage between VREF and SIG RTN
terminals at TP sensor wiring harness connector. If voltage is not 4-6
volts, reconnect all components and go to CIRCUIT TEST C. If voltage
is 4-6 volts, go to next step.
12) Check TP Sensor Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Leave TP sensor disconnected. Disconnect
PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect connector and repair if necessary.
Install Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected.
Measure resistance between TP terminal at TP sensor wiring harness
connector and test pin No. 47. If resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair
open circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is less than 5 ohms,
go to next step.
13) Check TP Circuit For Shorts To Ground
Turn ignition off. Leave TP sensor disconnected. Disconnect
PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect wiring, and repair as necessary. With
breakout box installed, measure resistance between test pin No. 47 and
test pins No. 40, 46 and 60. If any reading is less than 10,000 ohms,
repair short circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If all readings are 10,000
ohms or more, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this


point.Procedure skips from step 13) to step 20). No test
procedures have been omitted.

20) Code 167: Repeat Dynamic Response Test


KOER Code 167 indicates TP sensor did not exceed 25 percent
rotation during dynamic response portion of KOER SELF-TEST. A complete
Wide Open Throttle (WOT) must be performed during dynamic response
portion of test. Perform KOER SELF-TEST. Ensure WOT is completed
during dynamic response portion of test. If Code 167 is still present,
go to next step. If code is not present, system is unable to duplicate
Code 167 at this time. Service any other KOER codes. If no other
service codes are present, testing is complete.
21) Check TP Sensor Movement During Dynamic Response Test -
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect wiring,
and repair as necessary. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV),
leaving PCM connected. Set DVOM on 20-volt scale. Connect DVOM between
test pins No. 46 and 47 at breakout box. Perform KOER SELF-TEST and

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 53 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

ensure proper WOT is completed during dynamic response test. If DVOM


reading exceeds 3.5 volts during dynamic response test, replace PCM
and repeat QUICK TEST. If reading does not exceed 3.5 volts, ensure TP
sensor is correctly installed and adjusted. If TP sensor is correctly
installed and adjusted, replace TP sensor. Repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this


point.Procedure skips from step 21) to step 90). No test
procedures have been omitted.

90) Continuous Memory Code 123


This test monitors TP sensor under simulated road conditions.
Enter wiggle test. See CONTINUOUS MONITOR MODE (WIGGLE TEST) under
QUICK TEST. Connect DVOM or diagnostic tester to STO terminal of Data
Link Connector (DLC). While slowly opening throttle to WOT, observe
DVOM or diagnostic tester for indication of fault. Slowly bring
throttle to closed position. Lightly tap TP sensor and wiggle harness
connector. This test checks for open or short in TP sensor and wiring
harness. If no fault is indicated, go to step 92). If fault is
indicated, go to next step.
91) Measure TP Circuit Voltage While Exercising TP Sensor
Turn ignition off, and wait 10 seconds. Disconnect PCM 60-pin
connector. Inspect for damage and repair if necessary. Install EEC-IV
Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM connected. Stay in wiggle
test (as in previous step). Connect DVOM between test pins No. 47 and
46. Set DVOM on 20-volt scale. With ignition on and engine off,
observe DVOM and repeat step 90). If fault occurs at less than 4.25
volts, inspect TP sensor connectors and terminals. If connectors and
terminals are okay, replace TP sensor, clear codes and repeat QUICK
TEST. If fault does not occur at less than 4.25 volts, TP sensor over-
travel may have caused Continuous Memory Code 123. TP sensor is okay;
go to next step to check wiring harness.
92) Check EEC-IV Wiring Harness
While in wiggle test, bend and shake small sections of wiring
harness from TP sensor wiring harness connector to firewall and from
firewall to PCM while observing analog voltmeter or scan tester. If
fault is indicated, isolate fault in wiring and repair as necessary.
Clear codes, and repeat QUICK TEST. If no fault is indicated, go to
next step.
93) Check PCM & Harness Connectors
Turn ignition off, and wait 10 seconds. Disconnect PCM 60-pin
connector from breakout box. Inspect connectors and terminals for
damage, and repair as necessary. Clear codes from PCM memory, and
repeat QUICK TEST. If connectors and terminals are okay, fault cannot
be duplicated at this time. Continuous Memory Code 123 testing is
complete.
94) Continuous Memory Code 122
Enter wiggle test. See CONTINUOUS MONITOR MODE (WIGGLE TEST)
under QUICK TEST. Connect DVOM or diagnostic tester to STO terminal of
Data Link Connector (DLC). Observe DVOM or diagnostic tester for
indication of fault while performing the following:

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 54 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

* Slowly open throttle to WOT.


* Slowly bring throttle to closed position.
* Lightly tap TP sensor and wiggle connector.

If fault is indicated, disconnect TP sensor. Inspect


connectors and terminals. If connectors and terminals are okay,
replace TP sensor. Clear codes from PCM memory, and repeat QUICK TEST.
If no fault is indicated, go to next step.
95) Check EEC-IV Wiring Harness
Stay in wiggle test (as in previous step). Bend, wiggle and
shake small sections of wiring harness from TP sensor wiring harness
connector to firewall and from firewall to PCM while observing analog
voltmeter or scan tester. If fault is indicated, isolate fault in
wiring and repair as necessary. Clear codes from PCM memory, and
repeat QUICK TEST. If no fault is indicated, go to next step.
96) Check PCM & Harness Connectors
Turn ignition off. Inspect PCM 60-pin connector and terminals
for damage. Repair connector terminals if necessary. Clear codes from
PCM memory, and repeat QUICK TEST. If connectors and terminals are
okay, fault cannot be duplicated at this time. Continuous Memory Code
122 testing is complete.

CIRCUIT TEST DL - DPFE SENSOR & EGR VAC REGULATOR (EVR) SOL

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test only when instructed during QUICK TEST or
if directed by other test procedures. This CIRCUIT TEST is intended to
diagnose:

* VREF, DPFE, SIG RTN, EVR and VPWR harness circuits.


* DPFE sensor.
* EVR solenoid.
* EGR valve assembly.
* Vacuum hoses.
* Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

To prevent replacement of good components, be aware the


following non-EEC components may be at fault:

* Faulty or damaged EGR valve.


* Restricted exhaust system.
* Damaged vacuum reservoir or canister.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 55 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Fig. 16: DPFE Sensor & EVR Sol. Conn. Term. ID (DL1)

DPFE SENSOR SPECIFICATIONS TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Pressure (psi) Vacuum (In. Hg) (1) Voltage

4.34 .................... 8.83 .................... 4.56


3.25 .................... 6.62 .................... 3.54
2.17 .................... 4.41 .................... 2.51
1.08 .................... 2.21 .................... 1.48
0 ......................... 0 ..................... 0.45

(1) - Values may vary by 15 percent.


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

1) Code 327: Generate Code 337


Code 327 indicates DPFE sensor signal is less than self-test
minimum of 0.2 volt. Possible causes for this fault are:

* Faulty DPFE sensor.


* Open or shorted wiring harness circuits.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:54PM Page 56 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

* Faulty PCM.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect DPFE wiring harness connector


at sensor. Install a jumper wire between VREF circuit and DPFE circuit
at sensor wiring harness connector. Perform KOEO SELF-TEST. If no
codes are present, remove jumper wire and go to step 4). If Code 337
is present, ignore all other codes and replace DPFE sensor. Repeat
QUICK TEST. If Code 337 is not present, remove jumper wire and go to
next step.
2) Measure VREF Circuit Voltage
With DPFE sensor disconnected, turn ignition on. Measure
voltage between sensor wiring harness connector VREF and SIG RTN
terminals. If voltage is 4-6 volts, go to next step. If voltage is not
4-6 volts, go to CIRCUIT TEST C.
3) Check DPFE Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect
terminals, and repair if damaged. Install Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-
IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure resistance between DPFE
terminal at sensor wiring harness connector and test pin No. 27 at
breakout box. If resistance is more than 5 ohms, repair open circuit.
Repeat QUICK TEST. If reading is 5 ohms or less, go to next step.
4) Check DPFE Circuit For Shorts To Ground & SIG RTN
Turn ignition off. Measure resistance between test pin No. 27
and test pins No. 40, 46 and 60 at breakout box. If any resistance is
less than 10,000 ohms, repair short circuit. Repeat QUICK TEST. If all
resistance readings are 10,000 ohms or more, replace PCM. Repeat QUICK
TEST.
5) Code 337: Generate Code 327
Code 337 indicates DPFE sensor signal is greater than self-
test maximum of 4.8 volts. Possible causes for this code are:

* Faulty DPFE sensor.


* Shorted vehicle harness circuits.
* Open SIG RTN circuit.
* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

Turn ignition off. Disconnect DPFE sensor. Repeat KOEO SELF-


TEST. Check for Code 327. Ignore all other codes at this time. If Code
327 is not present, go to step 7). If Code 327 is present, go to next
step.
6) Measure VREF Circuit Voltage
With DPFE sensor disconnected, turn ignition on. Measure
voltage between VREF and SIG RTN terminals at DPFE sensor wiring
harness connector. If reading is 4-6 volts, replace DPFE sensor.
Repeat QUICK TEST. If reading is not 4-6 volts, go to CIRCUIT TEST C.
7) Check DPFE Circuit For Shorts To Power
With ignition off, disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect
terminals, and repair if damaged. Install Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-
IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure resistance between test pin No.
27 and test pins No. 26, 37 and 57. If any resistance reading is less
than 10,000 ohms, repair short circuit. Repeat QUICK TEST. If all
resistance readings are 10,000 ohms or more, replace PCM. Repeat QUICK

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 57 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

TEST.
8) Code 335: Verify KOER Codes
Code 335 indicates DPFE sensor is out of self-test range (2.
6-4.2 volts) and may be faulty. DPFE system can detect lack of
pressure in exhaust system. A garage exhaust ventilation system,
installed during KOEO SELF-TEST, may cause DPFE sensor to generate
Code 335. Remove exhaust ventilation system. Repeat KOEO SELF-TEST.
Service codes as necessary. If no codes are present during KOEO SELF-
TEST, complete QUICK TEST. If Code 335 is present during KOEO SELF-
TEST, go to next step.
9) Check DPFE Sensor Pressure Input Hose
Remove pressure feed tube from DPFE sensor. Inspect tube,
including DPFE inlet, for blockage. Repair if necessary, and repeat
QUICK TEST. If no blockage is found, go to next step.
10) Measure VREF Circuit Voltage
With ignition off, disconnect DPFE sensor wiring harness
connector. Turn ignition on. Measure voltage between VREF and SIG RTN
terminals at DPFE sensor wiring harness connector. If voltage is 4-6
volts, replace DPFE sensor and repeat QUICK TEST. If reading is not 4-
6 volts, go to CIRCUIT TEST C.
11) Code 558: Measure EVR Solenoid Resistance
Code 558 indicates failure in EVR solenoid or circuit.
Possible causes for this code are:

* Faulty EVR solenoid.


* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).
* Open or shorted wiring harness circuit.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect EVR solenoid connector. Measure


resistance between terminals. If resistance is 20-70 ohms, go to next
step. If resistance is not 20-70 ohms, replace EVR solenoid. Repeat
QUICK TEST.
12) Check VPWR Circuit Voltage
Turn ignition on. Measure voltage between VPWR terminal at
EVR solenoid wiring harness connector and negative battery terminal.
If voltage is less than 10.5 volts, repair open circuit and repeat
QUICK TEST. If voltage is 10.5 volts or more, go to next step.
13) Check EVR Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Leave EVR solenoid connector disconnected.
Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect terminals and repair if
damaged. Install Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM
disconnected. Measure resistance between EVR terminal at EVR solenoid
wiring harness connector and test pin No. 33 at breakout box. If
resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair open circuit and repeat QUICK
TEST. If reading is less than 5 ohms, go to next step.
14) Check EVR Circuit For Shorts To Power Or Ground
Turn ignition off. Measure resistance between test pin No. 33
and pins No. 37, 40, 57 and 60 at breakout box. If any resistance
reading is less than 10,000 ohms, repair short circuit and repeat
QUICK TEST. If code is repeated, replace PCM. If all readings are 10,
000 ohms or more, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 58 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 14) to step 21). No test
procedures have been omitted.

21) Code 327


Code 327 indicates DPFE sensor signal is less than self-test
minimum. Disconnect and plug EGR valve vacuum hose. Perform KOER SELF-
TEST. If Code 326 or 327 is present, go to next step. If codes are not
present, check EVR vent and vacuum hose to EGR valve for blockage.
Repair as necessary. If vent and vacuum hose are okay, replace EVR
solenoid and repeat QUICK TEST.
22) Code 326 Or 327: Check DPFE Input Hoses
With ignition off, check DPFE sensor pressure input hose for
blockage and leaks. Repair as necessary. Connect all lines, and repeat
QUICK TEST. If no fault is found, go to next step.
23) Check DPFE Voltage With Engine At Idle
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect
terminals and repair if damaged. Install Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-
IV). Leave PCM connected to breakout box. Start engine and allow to
idle with transmission in Park or Neutral. Measure voltage between
test pins No. 27 and 46 at breakout box. If voltage is less than 0.2
volt, replace sensor and repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is more than 0.
2 volt, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 23) to step 30). No test
procedures have been omitted.

30) Code 332: Verify Vacuum At EGR Valve


Code 332 indicates DPFE sensor input to PCM did not change
after EVR solenoid received signal from PCM to open EGR valve.
Possible causes for this fault are:

* Vacuum hose leaks or restrictions.


* Faulty DPFE sensor.
* Faulty EVR solenoid.
* Faulty EGR valve.
* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

Turn ignition off. Using a vacuum "T", connect vacuum gauge


at EGR valve. Perform KOER SELF-TEST while observing vacuum gauge.
Disregard code output at this time. If vacuum reading is greater than
one in. Hg, go to step 34). If vacuum reading is one in. Hg or less,
remove vacuum gauge and go to next step.
31) Check Vacuum Input To EVR Solenoid
Turn ignition off. Disconnect EVR vacuum hose. Connect EVR
vacuum hose to vacuum gauge. Start engine and allow to idle while
observing vacuum gauge. If 15 in. Hg. or more is present, replace EVR
solenoid and repeat QUICK TEST. If less than 15 in. Hg. is present,
repair vacuum source and repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 59 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Procedure skips from step 31) to step 34). No test


procedures have been omitted.

34) Check Vacuum At DPFE Inlet Hose(s)


Turn ignition off. Inspect vacuum hose for damage and repair
if necessary. Using a vacuum "T", connect vacuum gauge at DPFE inlet
hose(s). Perform KOER SELF-TEST while observing vacuum gauge. If
vacuum momentarily increases, go to next step. If momentary increases
in vacuum do not occur, service EGR valve.
35) Attempt To Generate KOEO Code 337
Turn ignition off. Disconnect DPFE sensor. Install jumper
wire between DPFE terminal and VREF terminal at DPFE sensor wiring
harness connector. Perform KOEO SELF-TEST. If Code 337 is present,
ignore all other codes. Replace DPFE sensor and repeat QUICK TEST. If
Code 337 is not present, remove jumper wire and go to next step.
36) Measure VREF Circuit Voltage
With DPFE sensor disconnected, turn ignition on. Measure
voltage between VREF terminal and SIG RTN terminal at DPFE sensor
wiring harness connector. If voltage is 4-6 volts, go to next step. If
voltage is not 4-6 volts, go to CIRCUIT TEST C.
37) Check DPFE Circuit Resistance
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect
terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-
50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure resistance between DPFE
terminal at DPFE sensor wiring harness connector and test pin No. 27
at breakout box. If resistance is less than 5 ohms, go to next step.
If resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair open circuit and repeat QUICK
TEST.
38) Check DPFE Circuit For Short To SIG RTN & Ground
Turn ignition off. Measure resistance between DPFE terminal
at DPFE sensor wiring harness connector and test pins No. 40, 46 and
60 at breakout box. If any resistance checks are less than 10,000
ohms, repair short circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If all resistance
checks are 10,000 ohms or more, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 38) to step 50). No test
procedures have been omitted.

50) Codes 336 & 337: Check EVR Malfunction


Code 336 indicates DPFE voltage is too high at zero duty
cycle. Possible causes for these codes are:

* Exhaust system restricted.


* EGR sensor faulty.
* EVR sensor faulty.
* PFE sensor faulty.
* Faulty PCM.

Disconnect and plug EGR vacuum hose. Perform KOER SELF-TEST.


If Code 336 or 337 is present, go to next step. If Code 336 or 337 is
not present, ensure vacuum hose routing is correct and EVR filter is

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 60 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

clean. If okay, replace EVR solenoid.


51) Check DPFE Sensor Output With Engine Idling
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect
terminals and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-
EEC-IV), leaving PCM connected. Start engine and allow to idle with
transmission in Park or Neutral. Measure voltage between test pins No.
27 and 46 at breakout box. If voltage is less than 0.7 volt at idle,
replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is 0.7 volt or more, go
to next step.
52) Check EGR Valve
Remove EGR valve. Check EGR valve for carbon deposits,
binding or other damage. Repair as necessary. Install EGR valve and
repeat KOER SELF-TEST. If Code 336 or 337 is still present, replace
EGR valve and repeat KOER SELF-TEST. If Code 336 or 337 is still
present, replace DPFE sensor and repeat QUICK TEST. If Code 336 or 337
is not present, fault is intermittent and cannot be duplicated at this
time. Testing is complete.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 52) to step 90). No test
procedures have been omitted.

90) EGR Fault Code(s) In Continuous Memory


Repeat QUICK TEST. If fault code(s) are present, go to
appropriate circuit test. If fault codes are present in continuous
memory only, go to next step.
91) DPFE System Inspection
Check for damaged or loose connectors. Check for loose or
corroded connector pins. Inspect wiring harness for proper routing and
insulation. Ensure component mounting and vacuum hose routing is
correct. Ensure EVR solenoid filter is clean. Repair or replace as
necessary and repeat QUICK TEST. If no faults are present, go to next
step.
92) EGR Fault Code(s) In Continuous Memory
Repeat QUICK TEST. If fault code(s) are present, go to
appropriate circuit test. If fault code 326, 327, 336 or 337 is
present in continuous memory only, go to next step. If fault Code 332
is present in continuous memory only, go to step 105).
93) Continuous Memory Code 326, 327, 336 Or 337
If code is present, possible causes are:

* Damaged connectors or terminals.


* Open or shorted wiring harness.
* Faulty EGR valve operation.
* Faulty EVR solenoid operation.
* Circuit fault can be in wiring harness, component or PCM.

Enter wiggle test. See CONTINUOUS MONITOR MODE (WIGGLE TEST)


under QUICK TEST. Observe analog VOM or diagnostic tester for
indication of fault while performing following steps. Grasp wiring
harness near sensor connector while observing VOM or diagnostic tester
for fault indication. Shake and bend small sections of harness,

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 61 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

working from sensor toward firewall. Shake and bend harness from
firewall to PCM. If fault is indicated, inspect connectors and
terminals. Repair as necessary. If connectors and terminals are okay,
replace PFE/DPFE sensor. Clear codes and repeat QUICK TEST. If no
fault is indicated, go to next step.
94) Stay in wiggle test. Observe analog VOM or scan tester
for indication of fault while bending or wiggling small sections of
harness from sensor connector to firewall, and from firewall to PCM.
If fault is indicated, isolate fault in harness and repair as
necessary. Repeat QUICK TEST. If no fault is indicated, go to next
step.
95) Check PCM Wiring Harness Connector
Turn ignition off, and wait 10 seconds. Disconnect PCM 60-pin
connector. Inspect connector and terminals for damage and repair as
necessary. Clear codes, and repeat QUICK TEST. If connector and
terminals are okay but fault Code 326 or 327 is present, go to next
step. If no codes are present, fault is intermittent and cannot be
duplicated at this time. Testing is complete.
96) Check EGR Valve Operation
Turn ignition off. Disconnect vacuum hose from EGR valve.
Connect vacuum pump to EGR valve. While observing EGR valve, slowly
apply 10 in. Hg and release. If EGR valve does not operate smoothly,
service or replace EGR valve. Repeat QUICK TEST. If EGR valve
operation is smooth, go to next step.
97) Check EVR Solenoid & Hoses
Turn ignition off. Inspect EVR solenoid vacuum hoses for
contamination, moisture or restriction. Ensure EVR solenoid filter is
clean. Repair or replace as necessary, and repeat QUICK TEST. If no
faults are found, go to next step.
98) Check EVR Solenoid For Short Circuit
Turn ignition off. Disconnect vacuum hose from EGR valve.
Connect vacuum pump to vacuum hose. Start engine and operate at idle.
While observing vacuum gauge, tap on EVR solenoid and wiggle wiring
harness connector. If vacuum gauge does not remain less than one in.
Hg and has erratic increases, replace EVR solenoid and repeat QUICK
TEST. If vacuum gauge remains less than one in. Hg with no erratic
increases, leave vacuum gauge connected and go to next step.
99) Check Wiring Harness Between EVR Solenoid & PCM
With engine running, observe vacuum gauge while wiggling
wiring harness connector between EVR solenoid and dash panel. Wiggle
wiring harness between dash panel and PCM. EGR vacuum is an indication
of fault. If EGR vacuum increases, isolate short and repair as
necessary. Repeat QUICK TEST. If EGR vacuum does not increase, fault
is intermittent and cannot be duplicated at this time. Testing is
complete.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 99) to step 101). No test
procedures have been omitted.

101) Check EGR Vacuum At Start-Up


Disconnect and plug EGR vacuum hose. Start engine and allow

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 62 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

to idle (if possible). If engine idle is correct, ensure EVR hoses are
correctly routed. If hoses are okay, replace EVR solenoid. Clear codes
and repeat QUICK TEST. If engine does not idle correctly, go to next
step.
102) Check EGR Valve Operation
Turn ignition off. Disconnect vacuum hose from EGR valve.
Connect vacuum pump to EGR valve. While observing EGR valve, slowly
apply 10 in. Hg and release. If EGR valve does not operate smoothly or
close completely, service or replace EGR valve. If EGR valve operation
is okay, problem is not EGR related. Connect all components and repeat
QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 102) to step 105). No test
procedures have been omitted.

105) Continuous Memory Code 332


Turn ignition off. Disconnect vacuum hose from EGR valve.
Connect vacuum pump to EGR valve. While observing EGR valve, apply 1.
0-1.5 in. Hg. EGR valve should begin to open. Increase vacuum pump
application to 4 in. Hg. EGR valve should be fully open. Increase
vacuum pump application to 10 in. Hg. EGR valve should hold and
maintain vacuum. If EGR valve does not perform as specified, repair or
replace as necessary. Repeat QUICK TEST. If EGR valve is okay, go to
next step.
106) With ignition off, remove EVR vacuum hoses. Inspect
vacuum hoses for damage or restrictions. Repair as necessary. Repeat
QUICK TEST. If EVR vacuum hoses are okay, go to next step.
107) Inspect DPFE Hoses
With ignition off, remove DPFE hoses from sensor. Inspect
hoses for contamination, leaks or restrictions. Repair as necessary.
Repeat QUICK TEST. If DPFE hoses are okay, go to step 108).
108) Check EVR Solenoid Ground
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect
terminals and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-
EEC-IV), leaving PCM connected. Disconnect vacuum hose from EGR valve.
Connect EGR vacuum hose to vacuum pump. Start engine and allow to
idle. Connect jumper wire between test pins No. 33 and 40. EVR
solenoid should turn on. Observe vacuum gauge while tapping on EVR
solenoid. Wiggle wiring harness and connector. A sudden drop in vacuum
indicates a fault in the system. If a sudden drop in vacuum occurs,
isolate fault and repair as necessary. Repeat QUICK TEST. If no drop
in vacuum occurs, problem cannot be identified at this time. Testing
is complete.

CIRCUIT TEST DN - EVP SENSOR & EVR SOLENOID

Diagnostic Aids
EVR solenoid receives variable input from PCM, which allows
it to control vacuum level to EGR valve. Vacuum not used by EGR is
routed to EVR solenoid and vented to atmosphere.
Perform this test when instructed by QUICK TEST or if

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 63 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

directed by other test procedures. To prevent replacement of good


components, be aware a damaged EGR valve may be cause of problem. This
CIRCUIT TEST is intended to diagnose the following:

* EVP sensor.
* EVR solenoid.
* EGR valve assembly.
* Powertrain Control Module (PCM).
* EGR and EVR vacuum lines.
* Wiring harness circuits (VREF, EVP, SIG RTN, EVR and VPWR).

Fig. 17: EVP Sensor & EVR Solenoid Connector Terminal ID (DN1)

TEST PIN NO. 26 (VREF) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ..................................... Brown/White


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PIN NO. 46 (SIG RTN) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ........................................ Gray/Red


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

NOTE: EVR sensor is preloaded when attached to EGR valve. Valve

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 64 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

failure causing EVR sensor to lose preload may set Code


31/327.

1) Code 327: Generate Code 337 - Code 327 indicates EVP


sensor signal is less than self-test minimum of 0.2 volt.
Possible causes for this fault are:

* Faulty EVP sensor.


* Faulty EGR valve.
* Open or grounded harness.
* Faulty PCM.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect EVP wiring harness connector


at sensor. Install a jumper wire between VREF terminal and EVP
terminal at EVP sensor wiring harness connector. Repeat KOEO SELF-TEST
and KOER SELF-TEST. Check for Code 337. Ignore all other codes at this
time. If Code 337 is present, replace EVP sensor and repeat QUICK
TEST. If Code 337 is not present, remove jumper wire and go to next
step. If no codes are present, remove jumper wire and go to step 4).
2) VREF Circuit Voltage - Disconnect EVP sensor. Turn
ignition on. Measure voltage between VREF terminal and SIG RTN
terminal at EVP sensor wiring harness connector. If voltage is 4-6
volts, go to step 3). If voltage is not 4-6 volts, proceed to
CIRCUIT TEST C.
3) Check EVP Circuit Resistance - Turn ignition off, and
wait 10 seconds. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect
terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-
50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure resistance between EVP
terminal at EVP sensor wiring harness connector and test pin No. 27.
If resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair open circuit and repeat QUICK
TEST. If reading is less than 5 ohms, go to next step.
4) Check EVP Circuit For Shorts To Ground - Ensure ignition
is off and EVP sensor is disconnected. Measure resistance
between test pin No. 27 and test pins No. 40, 46 and 60. If any
resistance is less than 10,000 ohms, repair short circuit and repeat
QUICK TEST. If all readings are 10,000 ohms or more, replace PCM and
repeat QUICK TEST.
5) Code 337: Generate Code 327 - Code 337 indicates EVP
sensor signal is greater than self-test maximum of 4.81 volts.
Possible causes for this fault are:

* Faulty EVP sensor.


* Faulty PCM.
* Short to power in vehicle harness.
* Open in SIG RTN circuit.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect EVP sensor. Perform KOEO


SELF-TEST and KOER SELF-TEST. Check for Code 327. Ignore all other
codes at this time. If Code 327 is present, go to next step. If Code
327 is not present, go to step 7).
6) Check VREF Circuit Voltage - Turn ignition on. Measure
voltage between VREF terminal and SIG RTN terminal at EVP sensor

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 65 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

wiring harness connector. If reading is 4-6 volts, replace EVP sensor.


Repeat QUICK TEST. If reading is not 4-6 volts, go to CIRCUIT TEST C.
7) Check EVP Circuit For Short To Power - Turn ignition off.
Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect terminals, and repair
if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM
disconnected. Measure resistance between test pin No. 27 and test pins
No. 26 and 57 at breakout box. If either reading is less than 10,000
ohms, repair short circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If both
readings are 10,000 ohms or more, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 7) to step 10). No test procedures
have been omitted.

10) Code 558: Check EVR Solenoid Resistance


Code 84/558 indicates fault in EVR solenoid circuit. Possible
causes for this fault are:

* Faulty EVR solenoid.


* Faulty PCM.
* Shorted or open harness.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect EVR solenoid connector. Measure


resistance across EVR solenoid terminals. If reading is not 20-70
ohms, replace EVR solenoid assembly and repeat QUICK TEST. If reading
is 20-70 ohms, go to next step.
11) Check VPWR Circuit Voltage
Disconnect EVR solenoid. Turn ignition on. Measure voltage
between negative battery terminal and VPWR terminal at EVR solenoid
wiring harness connector. If reading is less than 10.5 volts, repair
open in VPWR circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If reading is 10.5 volts
or more, go to next step.
12) Check EVR Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Disconnect EVR solenoid. Disconnect PCM
60-pin connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Install
EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected.
Measure resistance between EVR terminal at EVR solenoid wiring harness
connector and test pin No. 33. If reading is less than 5 ohms, go to
next step. If reading is 5 ohms or more, repair open circuit and
repeat QUICK TEST.
13) Check EVR Circuit For Shorts To Power Or Ground
Measure resistance between test pin No. 33 and pins No. 37,
40, 46, 57 and 60 at breakout box with ignition off. If any reading is
less than 10,000 ohms, repair short circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If
code is repeated, replace EVR solenoid. If all readings are 10,000
ohms or more, replace PCM. Remove breakout box, and repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this


point.Procedure skips from step 13) to step 20). No test
procedures have been omitted.

20) Code 334: Check For Code 558

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 66 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Code 334 indicates EGR valve and/or EVP is not fully seated
in closed position. EVP voltage signal, in closed position, is greater
than self-test maximum of 0.67 volt. Because of EVP sensor preload,
determining whether EGR valve is seated or EVP sensor contacts EGR
valve stem is difficult. Possible causes for this fault are:

* Poor contact in EVP sensor circuit.


* EGR valve not seated.
* Faulty EGR valve.
* Faulty EVP sensor.
* Faulty EVP solenoid.
* Faulty PCM.

Perform KOEO SELF-TEST. If Code 558 is present, return to


step 10). If Code 558 is not present, go to next step.
21) Perform SELF-TEST Without EGR
Remove and plug vacuum line to EGR valve. Perform KOEO SELF-
TEST and KOER SELF-TEST. If Code 334 is still present, go to next
step. If Code 334 is not present, check EVR solenoid for obstructions.
If no obstructions are present, replace EVR solenoid.
22) Check EGR Valve & EVP Sensor Operation
Turn ignition off. Disconnect EVP sensor. Inspect harness and
connector, and service if necessary. Remove and plug vacuum hose to
EGR valve. Install vacuum gauge at EGR valve vacuum hose. Operate EGR
valve by applying and releasing vacuum. Install vacuum hose to EGR
valve and wiring harness connector to EVP sensor. Repeat KOEO SELF-
TEST and KOER SELF-TEST. If Code 334 is present, go to next step. If
Code 334 is not present, original fault was caused by poor continuity
at EVP sensor connector or binding/sticking of EGR valve stem.
23) Check EVP Signal Voltage
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect
terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-
50-EEC-IV). Connect PCM to breakout box. Turn ignition on. Measure
voltage between test pin No. 27 and test pin No. 46 at breakout box.
If voltage is less than 0.67 volt, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.
If voltage is greater than 0.67 volt, go to next step.
24) EGR Valve/EVP Sensor Fault Isolation
Remove EGR valve and EVP sensor. Inspect valve and sensor for
binding, carbon deposits, excessive wear and damage. Repair or replace
as necessary. Install EGR valve and EVP sensor. Perform KOEO SELF-TEST
and KOER SELF-TEST. If Code 334 is still present, replace EGR valve.
If Code 334 is not present, testing is complete.
25) Service Code 328
Service Code 328 indicates EVP sensor is lower than normal
(0.24 volt) in closed position. Possible causes for this fault are:

* Faulty EGR valve.


* Faulty EVP sensor.
* Faulty PCM.
* Poor continuity in EVP sensor circuit.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect EVP sensor wiring harness

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 67 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

connector. Inspect harness and connector, and service as necessary.


Remove EGR valve vacuum hose. Attach vacuum pump to EGR valve. Operate
EGR valve by applying and releasing vacuum. Install vacuum hose to EGR
valve and wiring harness connector to EVP sensor. Repeat KOEO SELF-
TEST and KOER SELF-TEST. If Code 328 is not present, original fault
was caused by poor continuity at EVP sensor connector or
binding/sticking of EGR valve stem. If Code 328 is present, go to next
step.
26) Check EVP Signal Voltage
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect
terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-
50-EEC-IV). Connect PCM to breakout box. Remove and plug EGR valve
vacuum hose. Connect vacuum pump to EGR valve vacuum hose. Turn
ignition on. Measure voltage between test pin No. 27 and test pin No.
46 at breakout box while performing following: apply 6 in. Hg to EGR
valve and slowly bleed vacuum completely off. If voltage does not drop
to less than 0.24 volt, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage
drops to less than 0.24 volt, go to next step.
27) Substitute EVP Sensor On Original EGR Valve
Turn ignition off. Install a known good EVP sensor on
original EGR valve. Ensure all hoses and electrical connectors are
attached. Perform KOEO SELF-TEST and KOER SELF-TEST. If Code 328 is
present, check EGR valve for mechanical malfunction. If Code 328 is
not present, replace original EVP sensor. Repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this


point.Procedure skips from step 27) to step 40). No test
procedures have been omitted.

40) KOER Code 332: Check Vacuum At EGR


KOER Code 332 indicates EVP sensor input did not change after
PCM signaled operation of EGR. Possible causes for this fault are:

* Leaking vacuum hose.


* Restricted vacuum hose.
* Restricted EVR solenoid.
* Faulty EVR solenoid.
* Faulty EVP sensor.
* Faulty EGR valve.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect vacuum hose from EGR valve.


Connect a vacuum gauge at open end of hose. Perform KOER SELF-TEST
while observing vacuum gauge. If vacuum reading is more than one in.
Hg, remove vacuum gauge and go to step 43). If reading is one in. Hg
or less, go to next step.
41) Verify Vacuum Supply To EVR Solenoid
Turn ignition off. Disconnect EVR solenoid vacuum hose.
Install vacuum gauge at vacuum hose. Start engine and check vacuum. If
reading is 10 in. Hg or more, go to next step. If reading is less than
10 in. Hg, check vacuum line to EVR solenoid. Repair if necessary.
Repeat QUICK TEST.
42) Check Vacuum Between EVR Solenoid & EGR Valve

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 68 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Check vacuum hose for cracks, loose connections, blockage and


kinks. Repair or replace vacuum hose if necessary, and repeat QUICK
TEST. If vacuum hose is okay, check EVR solenoid filter for
obstructions. Replace if necessary. If filter is okay, replace EVR
solenoid. After repairs are made, repeat QUICK TEST.
43) Check EVP Sensor & EGR Valve Operation
Turn ignition off. Disconnect EVP sensor. Inspect connector
and harness for damage, and service as necessary. Remove vacuum hose
from EGR valve. Connect vacuum pump to EGR valve. Operate EGR valve
operation by applying and releasing vacuum. Connect vacuum line to EGR
valve. Connect wiring harness connector to EVP sensor. Repeat KOER
SELF-TEST. If Code 332 is still present, go to next step. If Code 332
is not present, original code was set either by poor continuity at EVP
sensor connector or sticking EGR valve. Test is complete.
44) Verify EGR Valve Vacuum Control
Turn ignition off. Install tachometer. Remove Idle Air
Control (IAC) wiring harness connector. Remove and plug vacuum hose
from EGR valve. Start engine, and allow it to idle with transmission
in Neutral. Ensure idle speed is adjusted correctly. Connect vacuum
pump to EGR valve. Slowly apply 5-10 in. Hg. If engine idle decreases
more than 100 RPM with vacuum applied and returns to correct idle with
vacuum released, replace EVP sensor. Repeat QUICK TEST. If vacuum does
not drop more than 100 RPM with vacuum applied, repair or replace EGR
valve. Repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this


point.Procedure skips from step 44) to step 90). No test
procedures have been omitted.

90) Continuous Memory Code 327, 328 Or 337


Continuous Memory Code 327 or 328 indicates EGR valve closed
further than normal or EVP circuit failed with intermittent low
voltage sometime during engine operation. Code 337 indicates EVP
signal to PCM was above maximum self-test limit sometime during engine
operation. Possible causes for these faults are:

* Obstructed vacuum valve.


* Faulty EVP sensor.
* Faulty EVP sensor.
* EGR valve.

Turn ignition off, and wait 10 seconds. Disconnect PCM 60-pin


connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV
Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV). Connect PCM to breakout box. Turn
ignition on. Connect DVOM between test pins No. 27 and 46 at breakout
box. Wiggle wiring harness and lightly tap on EVP sensor. If voltage
remains steady at .24-.67 volt, go to next step. If voltage is erratic
or not within .24-.67 volt range, remove and inspect EVP sensor wiring
harness connector. Repair or replace if necessary. Repeat QUICK TEST.
If sensor connector is okay, replace EVP sensor. Repeat QUICK TEST.
91) Check Wiring Harness
Turn ignition off. Connect DVOM between test pins No. 27 and

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 69 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

46 at breakout box. Observe DVOM for fault indication while wiggling


and bending small sections of wiring harness near sensor, working from
sensor toward dash panel. Wiggle and bend wiring harness from firewall
to PCM. If fault is indicated, isolate fault and repair wiring
harness. Clear codes, and repeat QUICK TEST. If fault is not found, go
to next step.
92) Measure EVP Signal Voltage While Exercising EVP Sensor -
Remove and plug vacuum hose to EGR valve. Install vacuum gauge at EGR
valve vacuum hose. Turn ignition on. Measure voltage between test pin
No. 27 and test pin No. 46 at breakout box while performing following:
apply 5-10 in. Hg to EGR valve and slowly bleed vacuum completely off.
If voltage steadily fluctuates between 0.24-4.81 volts, problem is
intermittent and cannot be duplicated at this time. If voltage does
not fluctuate between 0.24-4.81 volts, replace EVP sensor and repeat
QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this


point.Procedure skips from step 92) to step 110). No test
procedures have been omitted.

110) Continuous Memory Code 332 - Code 332 indicates EGR


valve did not open with engine at normal operating temperature and
with EVR solenoid signal present sometime during engine operation.
Possible causes of this fault are:

* Fault in vacuum line.


* Faulty EGR valve.
* Open or shorted EVR circuit.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect vacuum hose at EGR valve.


Connect vacuum pump to valve. Apply 10-20 in. Hg to EGR valve. If
EGR valve opens and holds vacuum, go to next step. If EGR valve does
not open and hold vacuum, service or replace EGR valve as necessary
and repeat QUICK TEST.
111) EVR Solenoid & Wiring Harness Check - Turn ignition
off. Disconnect vacuum hose from EGR valve. Connect EGR valve hose
to vacuum gauge. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector and inspect it for
damaged terminals. Repair or replace as necessary. Install EEC-IV
Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV). Connect PCM to breakout box.
112) Start engine, and allow it to idle. Connect jumper wire
between test pins No. 33 and 40. Tap on EVR sensor and wiggle
wiring harness while observing vacuum gauge. If vacuum gauge shows a
sudden drop in vacuum, isolate cause and repair as necessary. Repeat
QUICK TEST. If vacuum gauge does not show a drop in vacuum, problem is
intermittent and cannot be duplicated at this time.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this


point.Procedure skips from step 112) to step 115). No test
procedures have been omitted.

115) Continuous Memory Code 334


Code 334 indicates EGR valve was open with engine idling at

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 70 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

normal operating temperature. Possible causes for this fault are:

* Faulty EVP sensor.


* Faulty EVR solenoid.
* Faulty EGR valve.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect vacuum hose from EGR valve.


Connect EGR valve hose to vacuum gauge. Start engine, and allow it to
idle. Tap on EVR sensor and wiggle wiring harness while observing
vacuum gauge. If vacuum gauge reading does not remain below one in. Hg
and/or has sudden vacuum increase, service or replace EVR solenoid. If
vacuum gauge reading remains below one in. Hg with no sudden increase,
go to next step.
116) EVR Solenoid Check
Leave engine idling and vacuum gauge connected to EGR valve
hose. Observe vacuum gauge while wiggling and bending small sections
of wiring harness near EVR sensor, working from sensor toward dash
panel. Wiggle and bend wiring harness from firewall to PCM. If vacuum
gauge shows an increase in vacuum, isolate cause and repair as
necessary. If vacuum gauge does not show an increase in vacuum, go to
next step.
117) Check EVR Signal At PCM
Turn ignition off, and wait 10 seconds. Disconnect PCM 60-pin
connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV
Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV). Connect PCM to breakout box. Start
engine, and allow it to idle. Connect DVOM between test pins No. 27
and 46 at breakout box. Wiggle wiring harness and lightly tap on EVP
sensor. If voltage increases to more than 0.67 volt, remove and
service EGR valve. If voltage is still more than 0.67 volt, replace
EVP sensor. Repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is 0.67 volt or less,
problem is intermittent and cannot be duplicated at this time. Testing
is complete.

CIRCUIT TEST DP - VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS)

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test when directed by QUICK TEST. This CIRCUIT
TEST is intended to diagnose:

* Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS).


* VSS wiring harness circuits.
* Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

Fig. 18: Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit (DP1)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 71 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

TEST PIN NO. 3 (VSS +) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ...................................... Gray/Black


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PIN NO. 6 (VSS -) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ..................................... Pink/Orange


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

Preliminary Instructions (A/T)


Record and clear continuous memory codes. Warm engine to
normal operating temperature. Place gear selector in Drive. Accelerate
hard to 35 MPH and coast down to a stop. Shut off engine. Perform KOEO
SELF-TEST. Go to step 1).

Preliminary Instructions (M/T)


Record and clear continuous memory codes. Warm engine to
normal operating temperature. Accelerate moderately to 40 MPH. Start
in first gear, shifting no higher than second gear. Coast down to
idle, and stop. Shut off engine. Perform KOEO SELF-TEST, and record
continuous memory codes. Go to step 1).
1) Continuous Memory Code 452
Code 452 indicates PCM detected incorrect output from VSS
sometime during vehicle operation. Possible causes for this code are:

* Faulty VSS.
* Open or shorted circuit.
* Faulty PCM.

Perform appropriate drive cycle procedure. See PRELIMINARY


INSTRUCTIONS (A/T) or PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS (M/T). Ensure
driveability complaint can be verified. If Code 452 is still present
or driveability complaint can be verified, go to next step. If code is
not present or complaint cannot be verified, fault cannot be
duplicated at this time. Clear all codes, and refer to SYMPTOMS in the
H - TESTS W/O CODES article in this section.
2) Check VSS Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Disconnect VSS sensor. Remove PCM 60-pin
connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV
Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV). Measure resistance between VSS (+)
terminal at VSS wiring harness connector and test pin No. 3 at
breakout box. Measure resistance between VSS (-) terminal at VSS
wiring harness connector and test pin No. 6 at breakout box. If any
resistance reading is more than 5 ohms, service open circuit in VSS
wiring harness and repeat step 1). If both resistance readings are 5
ohms or less, go to next step.
3) Check VSS Circuits For Shorts To Power Or Ground

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 72 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Turn ignition off. Ensure PCM and VSS are disconnected.


Measure resistance between test pin No. 3 and test pins No. 6, 37 and
40 at breakout box. If all readings are more than 500 ohms, go to next
step. If any reading is less than 500 ohms, repair short in VSS wiring
harness and repeat step 1).
4) Check VSS Resistance
Leave ignition off. Disconnect VSS wiring harness connector.
Measure resistance across VSS terminals. If reading is not 190-250
ohms, replace VSS and repeat step 1). If resistance is 190-250 ohms,
replace PCM and repeat step 1).

CIRCUIT TEST DR - CYLINDER IDENTIFICATION (CID) CIRCUIT

Diagnostic Aids
CID signal provides PCM information for fuel injector
synchronization. The CID signal originate from the Camshaft Position
(CMP) sensor on 4.0L.
Enter this CIRCUIT TEST only when instructed during QUICK
TEST. This test is only intended to diagnose:

* CID +, CID -, CID, SIG RTN and VREF wiring harness circuits.
* Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor.
* Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor.
* Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

Fig. 19: CID Wiring Harness Circuits (DR3 - 4.0L)

1) Continuous Memory Code 214


Code 214 indicates error has been detected in CID sensor
input signal. Error could be due to a hard fault or an intermittent
fault. Possible causes for this fault are:

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 73 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

* Open or shorted wiring harness.


* Faulty CMP sensor.
* Faulty CKP sensor.
* Faulty ICM.
* Faulty PCM.

Start engine. If engine starts, proceed to the next step. If


the engine does not start, refer to IGNITION SYSTEMS in the
appropriate I - SYSTEM/COMPONENT TESTS article in this section.
2) Attempt To Generate Code 214
Clear continuous memory codes. Start engine. Raise engine
speed to 1500 RPM for 10 seconds. Return to idle speed. Raise speed to
1500 RPM for 10 seconds again. Turn ignition off. Perform KOEO SELF-
TEST. If Continuous Memory Code 214 is not present, go to step 20). If
Continuous Memory Code 214 is present, go to next step.
3) Check Continuity Of CID Circuits
Disconnect CMP sensor (4.0L). Disconnect PCM 60-pin
connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV
Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure
resistance between CID test pin at breakout box and at CID terminal at
sensor wiring harness connector. On 4.0L, also measure resistance
between test pin No. 40 and PWR GND circuit at CMP sensor wiring
harness connector. If either resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair open
circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If each resistance is less than 5 ohms,
go to next step.
4) Check CID Circuit For Short To Power
Turn ignition off. Ensure PCM and CKP/CMP sensor are
disconnected. Ensure scan tester is not connected to vehicle. Turn
ignition on. Measure voltage between CID test pin and test pin No. 40
at breakout box. If voltage is less than one volt, go to next step. If
voltage is one volt or more, repair circuit short to power.
5) Check CID Circuit For Short To Ground
Turn ignition off. Ensure PCM and CKP/CMP sensor are
disconnected. Measure resistance between CID test pin and test pins
No. 16, 40 and 46 at breakout box. If resistance is less than 10,000
ohms, repair short circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is
more than 10,000 ohms, go to step 6).
6) Check VPWR Circuit Voltage
Ensure PCM and CMP are disconnected. Turn ignition on.
Measure voltage between VPWR terminal at CMP sensor and negative
battery terminal. If voltage is less than 10.5 volts, repair open in
VREF circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is 10.5 volts or more,
go to next step.
7) Check For Shorts In PCM
Turn ignition off. Ensure CKP/CMP is disconnected. Connect
PCM to breakout box. Measure resistance between test pin No. 24 and
pins No. 37, 40, 46, 57 and 60 at breakout box. If each resistance is
more than 500 ohms, go to next step. If any resistance is 500 ohms or
less, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.
8) Check CKP/CMP Sensor Output
Turn ignition off. Reconnect CKP/CMP sensor wiring harness
connector. Set DVOM on AC scale. Start engine. Measure voltage between

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 74 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

test pins No. 24 and 40 while varying engine RPM. If voltage varies
more than 0.1 volt, ensure sensor is correctly installed. If sensor
installation is correct, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage
does not vary more than 0.1 volt, replace CKP/CMP sensor and repeat
QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 8) to step 20). No test procedures
have been omitted.

20) Check CID Circuit


Enter wiggle test. See CONTINUOUS MONITOR MODE (WIGGLE TEST)
under QUICK TEST. Observe analog VOM or diagnostic tester for
indication of fault while performing following: grasp wiring harness
near PCM wiring harness connector while observing VOM or diagnostic
tester for fault indication. Shake and bend small sections of harness,
working from PCM toward sensor. If fault is indicated, isolate fault
and repair as necessary. Repeat QUICK TEST. If no fault is indicated,
go to next step.
21) Road Test Vehicle
Purpose of this test is to identify faults by monitoring
certain controlled parameters while trying to recreate a drive-ability
or MIL symptom. To prepare for road test:

* Install fuel pressure gauge and if available, a MAP/BARO


tester.
* Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector, install breakout box and
reconnect PCM to breakout box.
* Connect "T" vacuum gauge into manifold vacuum line.
* Have DVOM, writing materials and appropriate schematics and
pin voltage charts available. With ignition on and negative
lead of DVOM connected to negative battery terminal, ensure
following signals are correct:
* POWERS: KAPWR (pin No. 1) is greater than 10.5 volts, VPWR
(pins No. 37 and 57) is greater than 10.5 volts and VREF (pin
No. 26) is 4-6 volts.
* GROUNDS: PWR GND (pins No. 40 and 60), SIG RTN (pin No. 46)
and IGN GND (pin No. 16) are 0.0-0.5 volt.
* OPTIONAL GROUNDS: HO2S GND (pin No. 49), CSE GND (pin No. 20)
and MAF RTN (pin No. 9 or 15) are 0.0-0.5 volt.

Diagnostic Aids
Drive vehicle and attempt to induce symptom. Information
provided by vehicle operator may help when trying to recreate symptom.
When symptom occurs, assistant should observe and record changes in
voltage signals. Information about symptom and operating condition
value of voltage signal and any other information available should be
recorded for analysis. If unable to duplicate symptom during road
test, verify EEC-IV values are within acceptable range. After test is
completed, analyze results to locate and repair fault causing symptom.
If problem cannot be identified, go to H - TESTS W/O CODES article in
this section for other possible causes of symptom.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 75 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

CIRCUIT TEST DS - PSOM

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test when directed by QUICK TEST. This CIRCUIT
TEST is intended to diagnose:

* Programmable Speedometer/Odometer Module (PSOM) output to


PCM.
* PSOM (+) and PSOM (-) wiring harness circuits.
* PCM.

To prevent replacement of good components, be aware following


non-EEC related areas and components may be cause of problem:

* Cruise control system.


* Rear anti-lock brake system.
* Ring gear inside differential.
* Instrumentation system.

Fig. 20: PSOM Circuit Logic (DS1)

Fig. 21: PSOM Circuit & Connector Terminals (DS2)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 76 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

TEST PIN NO. 3 (PSOM +) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ...................................... Gray/Black


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PIN NO. 6 (PSOM -) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ..................................... Pink/Orange


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

1) Continuous Memory Code 29/452


Code 29/452 indicates PCM detected incorrect output from VSS
sometime during vehicle operation. Following are possible causes of
code.

* PSOM Output To PCM


* PSOM (+) And PSOM (-) Wiring Harness Circuits
* PCM

Turn ignition off. Remove PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect


terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-
50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure resistance between test
pins No. 3and 6 at breakout box. If reading is 21,000-55,000 ohms, go
to step 4). If resistance is not 21,000-55,000 ohms, go to next step.
2) Check PSOM Circuit Continuity
Ensure ignition is off. Disconnect PSOM wiring harness
connector. Measure resistance between test pin No. 3 at breakout box
and PSOM (+) circuit at PSOM wiring harness connector. Measure
resistance between test pin No. 6 at breakout box and PSOM (-) circuit
at PSOM wiring harness connector. If resistance is more than 5 ohms,
repair open circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is 5 ohms or
less, go to next step.
3) Check PSOM Circuit For Open
Ensure ignition is off. Measure resistance between test pin
No. 3 and test pins No. 6, 37 and 40 at breakout box. If resistance is
10,000 ohms or less, repair open circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If
resistance is more than 10,000 ohms, go to next step.
4) Turn ignition off. Remove RABS connector. See Fig. 20.
Measure resistance between connector terminals. If resistance is not
1300-1550 ohms, replace RABS and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is
1300-1550, go to next step.
5) Turn ignition off. Connect PCM to breakout box. Connect
wiring harness connector to PSOM. Set DVOM on 20-volt AC scale. Start
engine, and warm it to normal operating temperature. Using an
assistant, measure voltage between test pins No. 3 and 6 while
gradually increasing vehicle speed to 50 MPH. If maximum voltage is
less than 4.5 volts, fault is in instrument cluster. If maximum
voltage received is more than 4.5 volts, replace PCM.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 77 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

CIRCUIT TEST FD - BRAKE ON-OFF (BOO) SWITCH

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test when directed by QUICK TEST. This test is
intended to diagnose a faulty BOO switch circuit or PCM. To prevent
replacement of good components, be aware following non-EEC related
areas may be at fault:

* Brakelight bulb.
* Brakelight switch or brakelight fuse.

Fig. 22: BOO Switch Circuit (FD1)

TEST PIN NO. 2 (BOO) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ..................................... Light Green


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

1) Code 74/536: Verify Brake Pedal Was Depressed


Code 74/536 indicates that when brake pedal is applied during
KOER SELF-TEST, BOO signal did not cycle high and low. Possible causes
for this fault are:

* Brake pedal not applied during self-test.


* Brake pedal applied during entire self-test.
* Open brakelight circuit.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 78 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

* Short to ground or power.


* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

If brake was not applied during KOER SELF-TEST, repeat test.


Depress and release brake pedal only once during test. If pedal was
depressed, go to next step.
2) Check Operation Of Brakelights
With ignition on, check operation of brakelights. If
brakelights operate normally, go to next step. If brakelights do not
operate, go to step 4). If brakelights are always on,go to step 5).
3) Check For BOO Switch Circuit Cycling
Turn ignition off. Wait 10 seconds. Disconnect PCM 60-pin
connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV
Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure
voltage between test pin No. 2 and test pin No. 40 while applying and
releasing brake. If voltage cycles, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.
If voltage does not cycle, repair open circuit in BOO switch circuit
between PCM and BOO switch connection to brakelight circuit. Repeat
QUICK TEST.
4) Check For Power To Brake Switch
Ensure related fuses and brakelight bulbs are in good
condition. Turn ignition off. Disconnect brakelight switch (located on
brake pedal). Measure voltage between BATT (+) input to brakelight
switch and ground. If voltage is greater than 10 volts, check
condition of brakelight switch. If brakelight switch is okay, repair
open circuit between brakelight switch and brakelight ground. Repeat
QUICK TEST. If voltage is less than 10 volts, repair open BATT (+)
circuit to brakelight switch and repeat QUICK TEST.
5) Verify Brake Switch Is Not Always Closed
Turn ignition off. Disconnect brakelight switch (located on
brake pedal). Turn ignition on. If brakelights are still on, go to
next step. If brakelights are not on, verify correct installation of
brakelight switch. If installation is okay, replace brakelight switch
and repeat QUICK TEST.
6) Check For Short To Power In PCM
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM. Turn ignition on. Check
brakelights. If brakelights are on, go to next step. If brakelights
are not on, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.
7) Check For Short To Power In Shift Lock Actuator
Turn ignition off. Ensure PCM and brakelight switch are
disconnected. Disconnect shift lock actuator, cruise control module
and ABS module (if equipped). Turn ignition on. If brakelights are
still on, repair short to power in BOO or STOPLAMP circuit and repeat
QUICK TEST. If brakelights are not on, repair short circuit in shift
lock actuator circuit, cruise control system circuit or ABS circuit.
Repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 7) to step 90). No test procedures
have been omitted.

90) Continuous Memory Code 536: Check For Proper Brakelight

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 79 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Switch Installation - Code 536 indicates a BOO circuit failure.


Possible causes for this fault are:

* Brakelight switch installed improperly.


* Open brakelight circuit.
* Short to ground or power.
* Faulty brakelight switch.
* Faulty brakelight switch ground connection.

Check brakelight switch for proper installation (alignment


with brake pedal, corrosion or frayed wires). If brakelight
switch is okay, go to next step. If brakelight switch is not okay,
repair as necessary. Clear codes and repeat QUICK TEST.
91) Check Brakelight Switch Ground - Check brakelight switch
ground connection. Also, check brakelight connector wires for
corrosion or damage. Repair as necessary. Clear codes and repeat QUICK
TEST. If connector and wires are okay, go to next step.
92) Check Brakelight BOO Circuits For Short To Power - Turn
ignition on. Observe brakelights. With brake pedal released,
wiggle brakelight BOO circuit wires and connectors. If brakelights
flash, isolate short to power and repair as necessary. Clear codes and
repeat QUICK TEST. If brakelights do not flash, go to next step.
93) Check Brakelight Circuit Continuity - Turn ignition off.
Depress and hold-down brake pedal. Observe brakelights and
wiggle brakelight circuit wires and connectors. Also, lightly tap on
brakelight switch (to simulate road shock). If brakelights flash or go
off, isolate open in brakelight circuit and repair as necessary. Clear
codes and repeat QUICK TEST. If brakelights stay on (normal
operation), go to next step.
94) Check BOO Circuit Continuity - Turn ignition off.
Release brake pedal. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect
connector for damaged pins, corrosion and loose wires. Repair as
necessary. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM
disconnected. Connect DVOM between BOO test pin (No. 2 or 5) at
breakout box and BOO terminal at brakelight switch. Observe DVOM and
wiggle BOO circuit wires and connectors. If resistance at anytime was
more than 5 ohms, isolate open in BOO circuit and repair as
necessary. Remove breakout box, reconnect all components, and repeat
QUICK TEST. If resistance was 5 ohms or less at all times, fault is
intermittent and cannot be duplicated at this time. Testing is
complete.

CIRCUIT TEST FE - ELECTRICAL LOAD INPUTS

Diagnostic Aids
Electrical load inputs are used for idle speed control
strategy so correct idle can be maintained regardless of electrical
demands on engine. PCM uses 4 accessories to determine electrical load
status: blower motor, headlights, rear window defroster, and daytime
running lights (if equipped).
Perform this test when directed by QUICK TEST or CIRCUIT TEST
S. This CIRCUIT TEST is intended to diagnose:

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 80 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

* Blower (BLR) motor input circuit.


* Daytime Running Lights (DRL) input circuit.
* Headlight (HDL) input circuit.
* Rear window Defroster (DEF) input circuit.
* Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

SWITCH CIRCUIT LOGIC TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Switch Position Voltage

BLR Motor ...............


1 & 2 .................. 10-17
3 & 4 .................. 0-1.5
DRL ..................... 1 & 2 .................. 10-17
3 & 4 .................. 0-1.5
HDL ..................... 1 & 2 .................. 0-1.5
3 & 4 .................. 10-17
Rear Window DEF ......... 1 & 2 .................. 10-17
3 & 4 .................. 0-3.0
ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

Fig. 23: Electrical Load Input Circuit (FE1)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 81 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

1) Isolate Faulty System


If idle speed fault occurs when blower motor is on, go to
step 10). If idle speed fault occurs when daytime running lights are
on, go to step 20). If idle speed fault occurs when headlights are on,
go to step 30). If idle speed fault occurs when rear window defroster
is on, go to step 40).

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this


point.Procedure skips from step 1) to step 10). No test
procedures have been omitted.

10) Check Blower Motor Switch (Low Speed)


Turn ignition and all accessories off. Remove PCM 60-pin
connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV
Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Turn ignition
on. Turn climate control motor switch to low-speed position 1 or 2.
Measure voltage between test pin No. 14 at breakout box and chassis
ground. If voltage is not 10-17 volts, go to step 13). If voltage is
10-17 volts, go to next step.
11) Check Blower Motor Switch (High Speed)
Turn ignition and all accessories off. Turn climate control
motor switch to high-speed position 3 or 4. Turn ignition on. Measure
voltage between test pin No. 14 at breakout box and chassis ground. If
voltage is less than 1.5 volts, replace PCM and confirm idle speed
fault has been corrected. If voltage is 1.5 volts or more, go to next
step.
12) Check Blower Circuit For Short To Power
Turn ignition off. Disconnect blower motor relay. Measure
resistance between test pin No. 14 and pins No. 37 and 57 at breakout
box. If resistance is more than 10,000 ohms, check for damaged blower
motor switch or relay. If resistance is 10,000 ohms or less, repair
short circuit.
13) Check Blower Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Disconnect blower motor relay. Measure
resistance between BLR terminal at power distributor box and test pin
No. 14 at breakout box. If resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair open
circuit. If resistance is less than 5 ohms, go to next step.
14) Check Blower Circuit For Short To Power
Turn ignition off. Leave blower motor relay disconnected.
Measure resistance between test pin No. 14 and test pins No. 40, 46
and 60 at breakout box. If resistance is more than 10,000 ohms, check
for damaged blower motor or relay. If resistance is 10,000 ohms or
less, repair short circuit.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this


point.Procedure skips from step 14) to step 20). No test
procedures have been omitted.

20) Check DRL Circuit Voltage (Headlights On)


Turn ignition and all accessories off. Remove PCM 60-pin
connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV
Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Apply parking

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 82 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

brake. Turn ignition on. Turn headlights on. Measure voltage between
test pin No. 42 at breakout box and chassis ground. If voltage is not
10-17 volts, go to step 23). If voltage is 10-17 volts, go to next
step.
21) Check DRL Circuit Voltage (Headlights Off)
Turn headlights off. Release parking brake. Turn ignition on.
Measure voltage between test pin No. 42 at breakout box and chassis
ground. If voltage is less than 1.5 volts, replace PCM and confirm
idle speed fault has been corrected. If voltage is 1.5 volts or more,
go to next step.
22) Check DRL Circuit For Short To Power
Turn ignition off. Disconnect DRL relay. Measure resistance
between test pin No. 42 and pins No. 37 and 57 at breakout box. If
resistance is more than 10,000 ohms, check daytime running lights
module for malfunction. If resistance is 10,000 ohms or less, repair
short circuit and confirm idle speed fault has been corrected.
23) Check DRL Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Disconnect daytime running lights relay.
Measure resistance between DRL relay connector and test pin No. 42 at
breakout box. See Fig. 23. If resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair
open circuit and confirm idle speed fault has been corrected. If
resistance is less than 5 ohms, go to next step.
24) Check DRL Circuit For Short To Power
Turn ignition off. Disconnect daytime running lights relay.
Measure resistance between test pin No. 42 and test pins No. 40, 46
and 60 at breakout box. If resistance is more than 10,000 ohms, check
daytime running lights module for malfunction. If resistance is 10,000
ohms or less, repair short circuit and confirm idle speed fault has
been corrected.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this


point.Procedure skips from step 24) to step 30). No test
procedures have been omitted.

30) Check Headlight Circuit Voltage (Headlights Off)


Turn ignition and all accessories off. Remove PCM 60-pin
connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV
Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Turn ignition
on. Measure voltage between test pin No. 45 at breakout box and
chassis ground. If voltage is 1.5 volts or more, go to step 34). If
voltage is less than 1.5 volts, go to next step.
31) Check Headlight Circuit Voltage (Headlights On)
Turn all accessories off. Turn ignition on. Turn headlights
on. Measure voltage between test pin No. 45 at breakout box and
chassis ground. If voltage is 10-17 volts, replace PCM and confirm
idle speed fault has been corrected. If voltage is not 10-17 volts, go
to next step.
32) Check HDL Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Disconnect headlight relay. Measure
resistance between HDL terminal at power distribution box and test pin
No. 45 at breakout box. See Fig. 23. If resistance is 5 ohms or more,
repair open circuit and confirm idle speed fault has been corrected.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 83 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

If resistance is less than 5 ohms, go to next step.


33) Check HDL Circuit For Short To Ground
Turn ignition off. Disconnect headlight relay. Measure
resistance between test pin No. 45 and test pins No. 40, 46 and 60 at
breakout box. If each resistance is more than 10,000 ohms, check
headlight switch for malfunction. If any circuit resistance is 10,000
ohms or less, repair short circuit and confirm idle speed fault has
been corrected.
34) Check HDL Circuit For Short To Power
Turn ignition off. Disconnect headlight relay. Measure
resistance between test pin No. 45 and pins No. 37 and 57 at breakout
box. If resistance is more than 10,000 ohms, check headlight switch
for malfunction. If resistance is 10,000 ohms or less, repair short
circuit and confirm idle speed fault has been corrected.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this


point.Procedure skips from step 34) to step 40). No test
procedures have been omitted.

40) Check DEF Circuit Voltage (Defrost Off)


Turn ignition off. Turn all accessories off. Remove PCM 60-
pin connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-
IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Turn
ignition on. Measure voltage between test pin No. 15 at breakout box
and chassis ground. If voltage is 10-17 volts, go to next step. If
voltage is not 10-17 volts, go to step 43).
41) Check DEF Circuit Voltage (Defrost On)
Turn ignition on. Turn rear window defroster on. Measure
voltage between test pin No. 15 at breakout box and chassis ground. If
voltage is less than 3 volts, replace PCM and confirm idle speed fault
has been corrected. If voltage is 3 volts or more, go to next step.
42) Check DEF Circuit For Short To Power
Turn ignition off. Disconnect rear window defroster relay.
Measure resistance between test pin No. 15 and test pins No. 37 and 57
at breakout box. If resistance is more than 10,000 ohms, check DEF
switch or relay for malfunction. If resistance is 10,000 ohms or less,
repair short circuit and confirm idle speed fault has been corrected.
43) Check DEF Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Disconnect rear window defroster switch.
Measure resistance between DEF terminal at power distribution box and
test pin No. 15 at breakout box. See Fig. 23. If resistance is less
than 5 ohms, go to next step. If resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair
open circuit and confirm idle speed fault has been corrected.
44) Check DEF Circuit For Short To Ground
Turn ignition off. Disconnect rear window defroster relay.
Measure resistance between test pin No. 15 and test pins No. 40, 46
and 60 at breakout box. If each circuit resistance is more than 10,000
ohms, check DEF switch and relay circuit for malfunction. If any
circuit resistance is 10,000 ohms or less, repair short circuit and
confirm idle speed fault has been corrected.

CIRCUIT TEST FF - POWER STEERING PRESSURE (PSP) SWITCH

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 84 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Diagnostic Aids
The PSP switch is a normally closed switch that opens as
pressure in the power steering system increases.
Perform this test when instructed during QUICK TEST or if
directed by other test procedures. Some vehicles may not have power
steering, but PCM may be equipped with PSP switch software strategy.
If a KOEO Code 519 is displayed, check if vehicle is equipped with
power steering. If vehicle is not equipped with power steering,
disregard code.
This test is only intended to diagnose:

* Power Steering Pressure (PSP) switch.


* PSP and SIG RTN wiring harness circuits.
* Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

To prevent replacement of good components, be aware the


following non-EEC related areas may be at fault:

* Idle speed/throttle stop adjustment.


* Binding throttle shaft/linkage.
* Cruise control linkage.
* Power steering hydraulic system.

Fig. 24: Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Switch Circuit (FF1)

TEST PIN NO. 46 (SIG RTN) WIRE COLOR IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ........................................ Gray/Red

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 85 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

1) KOEO Code 519: Attempt To Eliminate Code


Code 519 indicates PSP switch circuit is open. Possible
causes for this fault are:

* Damaged PSP switch.


* Open circuit in wiring harness.
* Faulty PCM.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect PSP switch. Install jumper wire


between PSP terminal and SIG RTN terminal at wiring harness connector.
Repeat KOEO SELF-TEST. If Code 519 is not displayed, replace PSP
switch and repeat QUICK TEST. If Code 519 is displayed, remove jumper
wire and go to next step.
2) Check Continuity Of PSP Circuits
Turn ignition off, and wait 10 seconds. Disconnect PCM 60-pin
connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV
Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure
resistance between test pin No. 46 and SIG RTN terminal at PSP switch
wiring harness connector. Also measure resistance between test pin No.
24 at breakout box and PSP terminal at switch wiring harness
connector. If both readings are less than 5 ohms, replace PCM and
repeat QUICK TEST. If readings are 5 ohms or more, check for open
circuit and repair as necessary. If circuit is okay, go to next step.
3) Check PSP Switch Operation
Turn ignition off. Connect tachometer, and start engine.
Allow engine to idle with transmission in Park or Neutral. Disconnect
PSP switch wiring harness connector. If RPM increases, replace PSP
switch and recheck system. If RPM does not increase, go to next step.
4) Check PSP Switch Circuits For Shorts
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PSP switch wiring harness
connector. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect terminals, and
repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV),
leaving PCM disconnected. Measure resistance between test pin No. 24
and test pin No. 46 at breakout box. If resistance is 10,000 ohms or
less, repair short in harness and recheck symptom. If reading is more
than 10,000 ohms, replace PCM and recheck symptom.
5) KOER Code 521
Disregard this code if vehicle does not have power steering.
Code 521 indicates PSP switch did not change states due to open or
closed switch. Possible causes for this fault are:

* Damaged PSP switch.


* Open or shorted circuit in wiring harness.
* Front wheels turned but not centered.
* Faulty PCM.

If steering wheel was turned 1/2 turn within 2 seconds after


engine ID code and then returned to center, go to next step. If
steering wheel was not turned, repeat QUICK TEST.
6) Check PCM Open Circuit Identifying Capabilities

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 86 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Turn ignition off. Disconnect PSP switch. Perform KOEO SELF-


TEST. If Code 519 is present, go to step 8). If Code 519 is not
present, go to next step.
7) Check PSP Switch Circuits For Shorts
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PSP switch. Disconnect PCM 60-
pin connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-
IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure
resistance between PSP test pin and test pin No. 46 at breakout box.
If reading is 10,000 ohms or less, repair short circuit and repeat
QUICK TEST. If reading is more than 10,000 ohms, replace PCM and
repeat QUICK TEST.
8) Check PSP Switch Position Comparison
Turn ignition off. With PSP switch connected, turn ignition
on. Measure resistance between test pin No. 24 and test pin No. 46 at
breakout box. Start engine. Measure resistance between test pin No. 24
and test pin No. 46 at breakout box. If reading shows less than 10
ohms difference between key on engine off and key on engine running,
go to next step. If reading is not as described, replace PSP switch
and repeat QUICK TEST.
9) Check PSP Switch With Engine Running (Load & No Load) -
Connect PSP switch. Start engine, and allow it to idle. Measure
resistance between test pin No. 24 and test pin No. 46 at breakout
box. Turn steering wheel 1/2 turn and return to center position. If
resistance changes from less than 10 ohms to infinity and then returns
to 10 ohms or less (when steering wheel is centered), PSP switch
system is okay. Testing is complete. If reading does not change as
indicated, replace PSP switch. Repeat QUICK TEST.
10) Code 519: Attempt To Eliminate Code 519
Disregard this code if vehicle does not have power steering.
Code 519 indicates PSP switch circuit is open. Possible causes for
this fault are:

* Damaged PSP switch.


* Open or shorted circuit in wiring harness.
* Front wheels turned but not centered.
* Faulty PCM.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect PSP switch connector. Repeat


KOEO SELF-TEST. Measure resistance between test pin No. 24 and test
pin No. 46 at breakout box. If Code 519 is not present, replace PSP
switch. If Code 519 is present, go to next step.
11) Check PSP Circuit For Short
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect
terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-
50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure resistance between test
pin No. 24 and test pin No. 46 at breakout box. If reading is 10,000
ohms or less, repair short circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If reading
is more than 10,000 ohms, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 11) to step 15). No test
procedures have been omitted.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 87 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

15) Check PSP Switch Operation - Connect tachometer, and


start engine. Allow engine to idle in Park or Neutral.
Disconnect PSP switch connector. Using jumper wire, connect
PSP switch wiring harness connector terminals. If RPM increases,
replace PSP switch and recheck system. If RPM does not increase, go to
next step.
16) Check Continuity Of PSP Switch Circuits - Turn ignition
off, and wait 10 seconds. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector.
Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box
(T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM connected. Measure resistance between
test pin No. 46 and SIG RTN terminal at PSP switch wiring harness
connector. Also measure resistance between test pin No. 24 at breakout
box and PSP terminal at PSP switch wiring harness connector. If
both readings are less than 5 ohms, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.
If any reading is 5 ohms or more, repair open circuit and repeat QUICK
TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 16) to step 20). No test
procedures have been omitted.

20) KOER Code 521 - Disregard this code if vehicle does not
have power steering. Code 521 indicates PSP switch did not
change states due to open or closed switch. Possible causes for this
fault are:

* Damaged PSP switch.


* Open or shorted circuit in wiring harness.
* Front wheels turned but not centered.
* Faulty PCM.

If steering wheel was turned 1/2 turn within 2 seconds after


engine ID code and then returned to center, go to next step. If
steering wheel was not turned, repeat QUICK TEST.
21) Check PCM Closed Circuit Identifying Capabilities - Turn
ignition off. Disconnect PSP switch. Connect jumper wire
between PSP terminal and SIG RTN terminal at PSP switch wiring harness
connector. Perform KOEO SELF-TEST. If Code 519 is present, remove
jumper wire and go to step 23). If Code 519 is not present, remove
jumper wire and go to next step.
22) Check Continuity Of PSP Switch Circuits - Turn ignition
off, and wait 10 seconds. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector.
Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box
(T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure resistance between
test pin No. 24 at breakout box and PSP terminal at PSP switch wiring
harness connector. Also measure resistance between test pin No. 46 at
breakout box and SIG RTN terminal at PSP switch wiring harness
connector. If both readings are less than 5 ohms, replace PCM and
repeat QUICK TEST. If either reading is 5 ohms or more, repair open
circuit and repeat QUICK TEST.
23) Check PSP Switch Position Comparison - Turn ignition

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 88 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

off. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM


connected. Reconnect PSP switch. Turn ignition on. Measure resistance
between PSP test pin and test pin No. 46 at breakout box. Start
engine. If reading shows less than 10 ohms difference between key on
engine off and key on engine running, go to next step. If reading is
not as described, replace PSP switch and repeat QUICK TEST.
24) Check PSP Switch With Engine Running (Load & No Load) -
Start engine, and allow it to idle. Measure resistance between
test pin No. 24 and test pin No. 46 at breakout box. Turn steering
wheel 1/2 turn and return to center position. If resistance changes
from less than 30 ohms to infinity and then returns to 30 ohms or less
(when steering wheel is centered), PSP switch system is okay. Testing
is complete. If reading does not change as indicated, replace PSP
switch. Repeat QUICK TEST.

CIRCUIT TEST G - MAF/TP SENSOR FUEL INJECTOR PULSE WIDTH TEST

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test when instructed during QUICK TEST or if
directed by other test procedures. To prevent replacement of good
components, be aware the following non-EEC related areas may be at
fault:

* Excessive blow-by.
* PCV malfunction.
* Vacuum leaks.
* Incorrect fuel pressure.
* Throttle binding.
This test is only intended to diagnose:
* MAP/BARO sensor.
* Throttle Position (TP) sensor.
* Mass Airflow (MAF) sensor.
* Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor.
* Fuel injectors.

1) Continuous Memory Code 121, 124 Or 125: TP Sensor


Integrity -Code 121 indicates TP sensor is inconsistent with MAF
value. Code 124 indicates TP sensor value is higher than expected.
Code 125 indicates TP sensor value is lower than expected.
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect
terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-
50-EEC-IV). Connect PCM to breakout box. Connect DVOM to test pins No.
46 and 47. Slowly apply throttle to WOT, and release to closed
position. Voltage should change smoothly from 0.4-4.5 volts. See
CIRCUIT TEST DH for schematics and specific engine values. If voltage
change is incorrect or erratic, ensure TP sensor is properly
installed. If TP sensor is properly installed, replace TP sensor and
repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is okay, go to step 7) for Code 121 or
next step for all other codes.
2) Check Idle
Ensure idle is correct. If idle is correct, go to next step.
If idle is incorrect, see IDLE SPEED in D - ADJUSTMENTS article in

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 89 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

this section.
3) Check Throttle Body
Check throttle and/or cruise control linkage for binding and
rough operation. Inspect throttle body for sludge build-up. Check
engine vacuum hoses. Refer to Vehicle Emission Control Information
(VECI) decal for proper vacuum hose routing. Check for air leak
between ISC solenoid and MAF sensor. If problems are found, repair as
necessary and repeat QUICK TEST. If no problems are found, go to next
step.
4) Check MAP/BARO Sensor Output
See CIRCUIT TEST DF for MAP/BARO sensor output check. See
Fig. 12 for connector terminal identification and MAP/BARO tester
hookup. With tester connected and ignition on, measure sensor output
voltage. If output voltage is within range for specified altitude,
remove MAP/BARO tester and go to next step. See MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE
OUTPUT table below. If output voltage is not within range, replace
MAP/BARO sensor and repeat QUICK TEST.

Diagnostic Aids
If possible, measure several known good MAP/BARO sensors.
Average voltage reading will be typical for location and day of
testing.

MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE OUTPUT TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Elevation (Feet) Volts

0 .............................................. 1.55-1.63
1000 ........................................... 1.52-1.60
2000 ........................................... 1.49-1.57
3000 ........................................... 1.46-1.54
4000 ........................................... 1.43-1.51
5000 ........................................... 1.40-1.48
6000 ........................................... 1.37-1.45
7000 ........................................... 1.35-1.43
ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

5) Check IAT Sensor


Ensure ambient temperature is more than 50øF (10øC) before
performing this test. Check and repair any air leaks in front of IAT
sensor. Turn ignition off. Connect breakout box to PCM. Set DVOM to
20-volt scale. Connect DVOM to test pins No. 25 and 46. Start engine,
and let it idle. Observe voltage as engine warms. See CIRCUIT TEST DA
for voltage specifications. If voltage decreases smoothly and
stabilizes when engine reaches operating conditions, system is
operating properly at this time. Testing is complete. If voltage does
not decrease smoothly and stabilize after engine reaches operating
conditions, replace IAT sensor and repeat QUICK TEST.
6) Continuous Memory Code 184 Or 185: Inspect MAF Sensor
Code 184 indicates MAF sensor signal is higher than expected.
Code 185 indicates MAF sensor signal is lower than expected. Turn
ignition off. Check for air leaks between Idle Air Control (IAC)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 90 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

solenoid and MAF sensor. Inspect MAF sensor for oil contamination
caused by excessive blow-by or malfunctioning PCV. If problems are
found, repair as necessary. Clear codes, and repeat QUICK TEST. If all
checks are okay, go to step 9).
7) Check MAF Sensor Circuit Voltage
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect
and repair any damaged terminals. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-
50-EEC-IV). Connect PCM to breakout box. Start engine, and warm it to
normal operating temperature. Measure voltage between MAF test pin and
test pins No. 40 and 60 at breakout box. See MAF WIRE COLOR & TEST PIN
IDENTIFICATION table below. If voltage is not within specification,
replace MAF sensor and repeat QUICK TEST. See MAF SENSOR DATA table.
If voltage is within acceptable range, system is operating normally at
this time. See SUMMARY in this article.

MAF WIRE COLOR & TEST PIN IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color Test Pin No.

4.0L ................ Light Blue/Red ................ 50


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

MAF SENSOR DATA TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Engine Condition (1) Voltage

Idle ................................................. 0.8


20 MPH ............................................... 1.0
40 MPH ............................................... 1.7
60 MPH ............................................... 2.1

(1) - With engine at normal operating temperature.


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

8) Continuous Memory Code 186 Or 187: Visual Vacuum Checks -


Code 186 indicates pulse width is lower than expected (rich). Code 187
indicates pulse width is higher than expected (lean). Inspect air
cleaner and air inlet duct. Replace or repair an necessary. Check for
unmetered air leaks between MAF sensor and IAC solenoid. Check all
engine vacuum hoses for damage, blockage and improper routing. Make
necessary repairs, and repeat QUICK TEST. If all checks are okay, go
to next step.
9) Check Fuel Pressure
Turn ignition off. Install fuel pressure gauge. Ensure vacuum
hose is connected to fuel pressure regulator (if applicable). Start
engine, and run it at idle. If fuel pressure is within specification,
go to next step. See FUEL PRESSURE SPECIFICATIONS table below. If fuel
pressure is not within specification, repair as necessary. See FUEL
SYSTEM in I - SYSTEM/COMPONENT TESTS article in this section.

FUEL PRESSURE SPECIFICATIONS TABLE (1)


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 91 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

KOER KOEO
Engine psi (kPa) psi (kPa)

4.0L ............... 28-45 (193-310) ... 35-45 (240-310)

(1) - Volume is 1 Pt. (.5L) in 30 Seconds.


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

10) Verify Fuel Pressure Retention Ability


Turn ignition on. If fuel pressure remains at specification
for 60 seconds, go to CIRCUIT TEST H, step 7) for models with MFI
system. If fuel pressure does not remain at specification, repair fuel
delivery system as necessary. See FUEL SYSTEM in
I - SYSTEM/COMPONENT TESTS article in this section.

CIRCUIT TEST H - FUEL CONTROL

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test when instructed during QUICK TEST or if
directed by other test procedures.
Fuel-contaminated engine oil may affect Codes 41/172, 91/136,
42/173 and 92/137. If fuel-contaminated engine oil is suspected,
remove PCV valve from valve cover and repeat QUICK TEST. If problem is
corrected, change engine oil and filter.
Only use this test to diagnose:

* HO2S and sensor connection.


* Vacuum systems.
* Fuel injector and/or fuel injector circuitry.
* Powertrain Control Module (PCM).
* Electrical circuits (HO2S, HO2S GND, INJ 1-8, VPWR and SIG
RTN).

To prevent replacement of good components, be aware the


following non-EEC areas may be cause of driveability concerns:

* Ignition system.
* Faulty evaporative emission system.
* EGR and/or PCV system.
* Air intake system.
* Engine oil contamination.
* Fuel system.
* Intake, supercharger, or charge air cooler leaks.
* Exhaust system leaks or restriction.
* Electrical system.
* Secondary air injection system.
* Engine cooling system.

INDIVIDUAL INJECTOR RESISTANCE TABLE (1)


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Engine Ohms

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 92 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Explorer .. ......................................... 11-18

(1) - Resistance values are for a single injector.


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

MFI INJECTOR BANK RESISTANCE TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Engine Ohms

4.0L (1) ......................................... 4.0-5.5

(1) - Resistance values are for a single injector.


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

CIRCUIT TEST H ACRONYMS TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Acronym Definition

HO2S ................................ Heated Oxygen Sensor


MFI ......................... (1) Multiport Fuel Injection

(1) - Used on 4.0L (except Calif.).


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

FUEL PRESSURE SPECIFICATIONS TABLE (1)


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
KOER KOEO
Engine psi (kPa) psi (kPa)

4.0L ............... 28-45 (193-310) ... 35-45 (240-310)

(1) - Volume is 1 Pt. (.5L) in 30 Seconds.


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

Fig. 25: Test Schematic (H4 - 4.0L Calif.)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 93 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Fig. 26: Test Schematic (H5 - 4.0L Except Calif.)

1) Check For Contaminated Engine Oil


Turn ignition off. Remove PCV valve from valve cover. Inspect
PCV system for damage. Inspect valve for blockage and movement of
valve plunger. Repair as necessary. Perform KOEO and KOER SELF-TEST.
Service ignition continuous memory code (if present) before KOER
codes. If vehicle is a no-start, KOER Code 136, 137, 172, 173 or
Continuous Memory Code 139, 144, 171, 175, 176, or 177 is set, install
PCV valve and go to next step. If no codes are set, change engine oil

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 94 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

and filter. Install PCV valve, and drive vehicle for 5 miles at 55
MPH. Repeat QUICK TEST.
2) Check Fuel Pressure
Turn ignition off. Release fuel pressure. Install fuel
pressure gauge. Ensure manifold vacuum supply is connected to fuel
pressure regulator (if equipped). Run engine at idle and check fuel
pressure. If vehicle will not start, cycle ignition on and off several
times. Check fuel pressure. See FUEL PRESSURE SPECIFICATIONS table. If
fuel pressure is within specification, go to next step. If fuel
pressure is not within specification, refer to to FUEL SYSTEM in the
appropriate I - SYSTEM/COMPONENT TESTS article in this section.
3) Check System Ability To Hold Fuel Pressure
Turn ignition on. Check fuel system for leaks. Repair or
replace as necessary. If fuel system does not leak and pressure
remains at specification for 60 seconds, go to next step (no-starts),
step 5).
4) Fuel Delivery Test
Release fuel system pressure. With fuel pressure gauge
installed, pressurize fuel system as in step 1). Disconnect inertia
switch. Crank engine 5 seconds. If fuel pressure drop is greater than
5 psi after 5 seconds of cranking, EEC-IV system is not causing no-
start condition. Check additional no-start tests in appropriate
H - TESTS W/O CODES article in this section. If fuel pressure drop is
less than 5 psi, remove fuel pressure gauge. Connect inertia switch.
Go to step 7).
5) Cylinder Balance Test (MFI)
Connect a tachometer to engine. Start engine, and run it at
idle. Disconnect and reconnect injectors individually, noting RPM drop
as each injector is disconnected. IAC motor will attempt to re-
establish RPM. If each injector does not produce a momentary drop in
RPM, go to step 7). If each injector produces a momentary drop in RPM,
go to step 13) for Codes 136, 172 or 176, step 24) for Codes 137, 173
or 177. Go to step 14) for all others.

CAUTION: If Continuous Memory Code 214 is present, repair as


necessary before continuing with this test.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 5) to step 7). No test
procedures have been omitted.

7) Check Injector & Harness Resistance (MFI)


Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect
pins for damage. Install Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM
disconnected. Measure resistance of injector bank No. 1 between test
pins No. 37 and 58 at breakout box. Measure resistance of injector
bank No. 2 between test pins No. 37 and 59 at breakout box. Record
resistances. See the MFI INJECTOR BANK RESISTANCE table in this
circuit test. If each resistance is within specification, go to step
12). If resistance is not as specified, repair open circuit on VPWR
circuit for no-start or go to step 9) for all other conditions.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 95 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 7) to step 9). No test
procedures have been omitted.

9) Check Continuity Of Fuel Injector Harness


Turn ignition off. Disconnect injector wiring harness
connector at injectors. Set DVOM on ohm scale. Measure resistance
between test pins No. 37 and 57 at breakout box and each injector VPWR
terminal at wiring harness connector. See Figs. 25 and 26. Measure
resistance between injector test pin(s) at breakout box and same
injector circuit terminal at each injector wiring harness connector.
If each resistance is less than 5 ohms, go to next step. If each
resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair open circuit. Remove breakout
box, reconnect all components and drive vehicle for 5 miles at 55 MPH.
Repeat QUICK TEST.
10) Check Injector Harness Circuit For Short To Power Or
Ground -Turn ignition off, and wait for 10 seconds. With breakout box
installed and PCM disconnected, disconnect fuel injector wiring
harness connector. Measure resistance between injector test pin(s) and
test pins No. 37, 40, 46, 57 and 60. Measure resistance between
injector test pin(s) at breakout box and chassis ground. If each
resistance is 10,000 ohms or more, replace injector per cylinder
balance test service code and go to next step (MFI models). If each
resistance is less than 10,000 ohms, repair short. Remove breakout
box, reconnect all components and drive vehicle for 5 miles at 55 MPH.
Repeat QUICK TEST.
11) Isolate Faulty Injector Circuit
Turn ignition off. Leave Install breakout box, and disconnect
PCM. Disconnect all injectors on suspect bank. With DVOM set on ohm
scale, connect one injector and measure resistance between test pins
No. 37 and 58 (injector bank No. 1) or 59 (injector bank No. 2).
Disconnect injector, and repeat process for all other injectors. See
INDIVIDUAL INJECTOR RESISTANCE table. If all injectors are within
specification, go to next step. If injectors are not as specified,
replace injector. Remove breakout box, and reconnect components. Drive
vehicle for 5 miles at 55 MPH. Repeat QUICK TEST.
12) Check Injector Drive Signal
With ignition off and breakout box installed, connect PCM to
breakout box. Use a non-powered 12-volt test light, and connect as
follows:

* MFI

Connect test light between test pins No. 37 and 58 at


breakout box. Connect test light between test pins No. 37 and 59 at
breakout box.

13) Check Thermactor Operation


If vehicle is equipped with pulse-air or does not have
secondary air injection system, go to next step. A HO2S which is
always lean could be caused by thermactor air being diverted upstream
from HO2S. With dual HO2S, Code 172 applies to right or rear HO2S and

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 96 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Code 136 or 176 applies to left or front HO2S. Turn ignition off.
Disconnect secondary air hose(s) from pump and vent to atmosphere.
Perform KOER SELF-TEST. If Code 172, 136 or 176 is present, reconnect
air hose(s) and go next step. If Continuous Memory Code 139, 144, 171,
176 or 177 is present, go to step 90). If code(s) is not present,
repair air injection system as necessary.
14) Check HO2S Integrity
A HO2S which is always lean, slow to switch or does not
switch could be caused by:

* Moisture inside HO2S or connector causing a short to ground.


* HO2S coated with contaminants.
* HO2S circuit open.
* HO2S circuit shorted to ground.

Turn ignition off. Inspect HO2S wiring harness for damage.


Inspect HO2S and connector for signs of fluid entry. Repair or replace
as necessary. Start engine, and run it at 2000 RPM for 2 minutes. Turn
ignition off. Run KOER SELF-TEST. If fault codes are present, go to
next step (MAP sensor-equipped models) or step 16) (MAF sensor-
equipped models). If no code is present, go to step 21).
15) Check HO2S (Engines With MAP Sensors)
Vacuum or air leaks in non-EEC-IV areas could cause Code
41/172, 91/136 or 176. Check following possibilities before
continuing:

* Leaking vacuum actuated motor.


* Leaking intake gasket.
* EGR system.
* PCV system.
* Lead-contaminated HO2S.

Turn ignition off. Ensure MAP sensor output voltage is


correct. See CIRCUIT TEST DF, step 3). Disconnect appropriate HO2S
from wiring harness connector. On 3-wire HO2S, connect DVOM to HO2S
terminal at sensor wiring harness connector and negative battery
terminal. On 4-wire HO2S, connect DVOM to HO2S and HO2S GND or SIG RTN
terminal at sensor wiring harness connector. Disconnect and plug
vacuum line at MAP sensor. Start engine, and apply 10-14 in. Hg to MAP
sensor. Run engine at 2000 RPM for 2 minutes. If reading is 0.5 volt
or more, go to step 17). If reading is less than 0.5 volt, replace
HO2S and repeat QUICK TEST.
16) Check HO2S (Engines With MAF Sensor)
Purpose of this test is to verify HO2S can generate a voltage
signal of greater than 0.5 volt during KOER SELF-TEST. Vacuum or air
leaks in non-EEC-IV areas could cause Code 41/172, 91/136 or 176.
Check following possibilities before continuing:

* Leaking vacuum actuated motor.


* Leaking intake gasket.
* EGR system.
* PCV system.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 97 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

* Unmetered air between MAF sensor and throttle body.


* Lead-contaminated HO2S.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect appropriate HO2S from harness.


On 3-wire HO2S, connect DVOM to HO2S terminal at sensor wiring harness
connector and negative battery terminal. On 4-wire HO2S, connect DVOM
between HO2S terminal and HO2S GND or HO2S GND terminal at HO2S wiring
harness connector. Run engine at 2000 RPM for 2 minutes. Repeat KOER
SELF-TEST and monitor HO2S voltage. If voltage is 0.5 volt or more at
end of self-test, go to next step. If voltage is less than 0.5 volt,
replace HO2S and repeat QUICK TEST.
17) Check Continuity Of HO2S Ground Circuits
Turn ignition off. Install breakout box, leaving PCM
disconnected. Disconnect suspect HO2S wiring harness connector.
Inspect connector for damage, moisture and corrosion. Repair as
necessary. Measure resistance between HO2S test pin at breakout box
and HO2S terminal at sensor wiring harness connector. On 3-wire HO2S,
measure resistance between HO2S GND test pin at breakout box and
negative battery terminal. On 4-wire HO2S, measure resistance between
SIG RTN test pin at breakout box and SIG RTN terminal at sensor wiring
harness connector. Where applicable, measure resistance between HO2S
GND and SIG RTN at breakout box. On all models, go to next step if
each resistance is less than 5 ohms. If any resistance is 5 ohms or
more, repair open circuit. Remove breakout box, and reconnect all
components. Drive vehicle for 5 minutes at 55 MPH. Repeat QUICK TEST.
18) Check HO2S Circuit For Short To Ground
Turn ignition off. Leave breakout box installed and PCM
disconnected. Disconnect HO2S. Measure resistance between HO2S circuit
test pin and test pins No. 40, 46 and 49 at breakout box. If any
reading is less than 10,000 ohms, repair short to ground. Drive
vehicle at 55 MPH for 5 minutes and repeat QUICK TEST. If reading is
10,000 ohms or more, go to next step.
19) Check HO2S For Short To Ground
Ensure ignition is off and PCM is disconnected. With HO2S
disconnected, measure resistance between PWR GND and HO2S terminal at
HO2S connector. On 4-wire HO2S, also measure resistance between HO2S
GND and/or SIG RTN terminal at sensor wiring harness connector. If
resistance is less than 10,000 ohms, replace HO2S. Drive vehicle for 5
miles at 55 MPH and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is 10,000 ohms or
more, perform following procedure as applicable.

* For Codes 139, 144, 171, 174, 175 and 178, go to step 90).
* For all other codes, go to next step if engine is equipped
with MAP sensor. If engine is equipped with MAF sensor,
replace PCM. Drive vehicle for 5 miles at 55 MPH, and repeat
QUICK TEST.

20) Attempt To Eliminate Code 136, 172 Or 176 (Engines With


MAP Sensor)
Turn ignition off. Connect PCM to breakout box. Connect HO2S.
Disconnect and plug MAP sensor vacuum hose. Start engine and apply 10-
14 in. Hg to MAP sensor. Increase engine speed to 2000 RPM for 2

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 98 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

minutes. Allow engine to return to idle. Perform KOER SELF-TEST. If


diagnosing continuous memory codes, drive vehicle 5 miles at 55 MPH.
If Code 136, 172 or 176 is still present, remove breakout box. Connect
all components. If engine runs rough, go to CIRCUIT TEST S, step 2).
If engine does not run rough, replace PCM, drive vehicle 5 miles at 55
MPH and repeat QUICK TEST. If code is not present, remove breakout box
and connect all components. HO2S input circuit and fuel delivery are
okay; fault is in area common to all cylinders. Proceed to
H - TESTS W/O CODES article in this section.
21) Check Resistance Of HO2S Heating Element
Turn ignition off. Disconnect suspect HO2S. Inspect both ends
of connector for damage, moisture and corrosion. Repair if necessary.
Measure resistance between IGNITION RUN circuit and PWR GND circuit at
HO2S connector. Hot to warm engine resistance should be 5-30 ohms.
Cold engine resistance is 2-5 ohms. If resistance is within
specification, go to next step. If resistance is not as specified,
replace HO2S and repeat QUICK TEST.
22) Check For Power At HO2S Harness Connector
Disconnect HO2S. Turn ignition on. Measure voltage between
IGNITION RUN and PWR GND circuits at HO2S wiring harness connector. If
voltage is 10.5 volts or more, HO2S system and fuel delivery are okay.
HO2S may have cooled before KOER SELF-TEST. If driveability symptom
continues, fault is in area common to all cylinders. Proceed to
H - TESTS W/O CODES article in this section. If voltage is less than
10.5 volts, go to next step.
23) Check Continuity Of Power Ground Circuit
Turn ignition off. Measure resistance between PWR GND circuit
at HO2S wiring harness connector and negative battery terminal. If
resistance is less than 5 ohms, repair open in IGNITION RUN circuit
and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair open in
PWR GND circuit and repeat QUICK TEST.
24) Diagnostic Test Code 137, 173 Or 177: Check HO2S SIGNAL
For Short To Power
On dual HO2S systems, Code 173 applies to right or rear
sensor. Codes 137 and 177 apply to left or front sensor. HO2S
continuously rich could be caused by:

* Moisture inside wiring harness causing short to power.


* HO2S shorted to power.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect appropriate HO2S. Inspect


connector for damage and repair as necessary. Turn ignition on.
Measure voltage between HO2S and PWR GND terminal at HO2S wiring
harness connector. If reading is less than 0.5 volt, go to step 26).
If reading is 0.5 volt or more, go to next step.
25) Check For Short To Power
Turn ignition off. Disconnect HO2S. Inspect wiring harness
for damage and repair as necessary. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector.
Install Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected.
Disconnect suspect HO2S. Measure resistance between VPWR test pin and
HO2S SIG test pin at breakout box. If reading is 10,000 ohms or more,
replace PCM. Remove breakout box, and reconnect all components. Drive

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 99 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

vehicle 5 miles at 55 MPH. Repeat QUICK TEST. If reading is less than


10,000 ohms, repair short circuit. Remove breakout box, and reconnect
all components. Drive vehicle 5 miles at 55 MPH. Repeat QUICK TEST.
26) Check HO2S For Short To IGNITION RUN Circuit
Turn ignition off. Disconnect HO2S. Measure resistance
between IGNITION RUN terminal and HO2S terminal at HO2S wiring harness
connector. If resistance is 10,000 ohms or more, go to next step for
Codes 173, 137 and 177 or step 28) for Codes 171, 174, 175 and 178
(MAP sensor) or step 30) on models with MAF sensor. If resistance is
less than 10,000 ohms, replace HO2S. Drive vehicle for 5 miles at 55
MPH, and repeat QUICK TEST.
27) Attempt To Generate Code 172, 136 Or 176
Turn ignition off. Disconnect appropriate HO2S. Using jumper
wire, connect HO2S terminal at HO2S wiring harness connector to
negative battery terminal. Repeat KOER SELF-TEST. If Code 172, 136 or
176 is present, remove jumper wire and go to next step for engines
with MAP sensor or step 30) for engines with MAF sensor. If Codes 172,
136 and 176 are not present, remove jumper wire. Disconnect PCM
connector, and inspect it for damage. If connector is okay, replace
PCM. Drive vehicle for 5 miles at 55 MPH. Repeat QUICK TEST.

Diagnostic Aids
Because MAP sensor greatly influences fuel control, MAP
sensor may malfunction without setting Code 126. Next 2 steps test MAP
vacuum circuit.
28) Check MAP Sensor For Vacuum Leaks
Turn ignition off. Disconnect vacuum hose from MAP sensor.
Inspect hose for damage and repair as necessary. Connect vacuum pump
to sensor. Apply 18 in. Hg to MAP sensor. If sensor does not hold
vacuum, replace MAP sensor. Drive vehicle for 5 miles at 55 MPH.
Repeat QUICK TEST. If sensor holds vacuum, release vacuum and go to
next step.
29) Check For Loss Of Vacuum To MAP Sensor
Using vacuum "T", connect vacuum gauge in MAP sensor vacuum
circuit. Start engine. Note vacuum reading after idle stabilizes. Turn
ignition off. Remove "T" and vacuum gauge. Reconnect hose to MAP
sensor. Connect vacuum gauge at a different manifold vacuum location.
Start engine, and note vacuum reading. If readings do not differ by
more than one in. Hg, go to next step. If readings differ by more than
1 in. Hg, inspect vacuum hoses for leaks, kinks and blockage. Repair
as necessary. Connect all components, and drive vehicle for 5 miles at
55 MPH. Repeat QUICK TEST.
30) HO2S Check
Turn ignition off. Disconnect HO2S. For 4-wire HO2S, connect
DVOM to HO2S terminal and HO2S GND or SIG RTN terminal at HO2S
connector. For 3-wire HO2S, connect DVOM to HO2S terminal at HO2S
connector and negative battery terminal. Cause a vacuum leak to force
HO2S to go lean. Remove PCV valve hose. Start engine. Raise engine
speed to about 2000 RPM. DVOM should indicate less than 0.4 volt
within 30 seconds. If voltage is not as specified, replace HO2S.
Reconnect vacuum hoses, and drive vehicle for 5 miles at 55 MPH.
Repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is as specified, go to step 90).

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 100 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 30) to step 90). No test
procedures have been omitted.

90) Check Continuous Monitor Mode


Start engine, and warm it to normal operating temperature.
Raise engine speed to 2000 RPM for 2 minutes and then return to idle.
Enter KOER wiggle test. See CONTINUOUS MONITOR MODE (WIGGLE TEST)
under QUICK TEST. While observing DVOM or scan tester, shake or bend
small sections of wiring harness from HO2S to PCM. Wiggle, shake or
bend small sections of wiring harness from HO2S GND to PCM. If no
fault is indicated, remain in CONTINUOUS MONITOR MODE and go to next
step. If fault is indicated, isolate and repair fault as necessary.
Clear codes. Repeat QUICK TEST.
91) Continuous Monitor Test Drive Check
While still in KOER wiggle test, test drive vehicle for 5
miles at 55 MPH over smooth roads. Drive an additional 5 miles at 55
MPH over rough roads. If possible, drive vehicle through a pool of
water to wet HO2S and connector. If fault is indicated, isolate fault
and repair as necessary. Clear codes, and remove breakout box. Repeat
QUICK TEST. If no codes are indicated, exit KOER wiggle test and go to
next step.
92) Check HO2S Switching
Turn ignition off. Inspect wiring harness for proper routing
and insulation. Check for burnt, chaffed or open wires. Repair as
necessary. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect connector for
damaged pins, corrosion and loose wires. Repair as necessary. Install
breakout box. Connect PCM to breakout box. Connect analog voltmeter to
suspect HO2S test pin and HO2S GND at breakout box. Test drive vehicle
for 5 miles at 55 MPH while observing voltmeter. HO2S should switch
from .3 volt to .9 volt within 3 seconds. If HO2S does not switch as
described, replace HO2S. Connect all components, and repeat QUICK
TEST. If HO2S switches as described, fault cannot be identified or
duplicated at this time. See INTERMITTENTS in H - TESTS W/O CODES
article in this section.

CIRCUIT TEST HA - ADAPTIVE FUEL

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test when directed by QUICK TEST. PCM uses
adaptive fuel logic to compensate for normal variances in fuel system
components. If fuel system appears to be too rich or too lean,
adaptive fuel will make appropriate shift in fuel delivery
calculations to compensate.

FUEL PRESSURE SPECIFICATIONS TABLE (1)


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
KOER KOEO
Engine psi (kPa) psi (kPa)

4.0 ................ 28-45 (193-310) ... 35-45 (240-310)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 101 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

(1) - Volume is 1 Pt. (.5L) in 30 Seconds.


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

If possible, measure several known good MAP/BARO sensors.


Average voltage reading will be typical for location and day of
testing.

MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE OUTPUT TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Elevation (Feet) Volts

0 ........................................... 1.55-1.63
1000 ........................................... 1.52-1.60
2000 ........................................... 1.49-1.57
3000 ........................................... 1.46-1.54
4000 ........................................... 1.43-1.51
5000 ........................................... 1.40-1.48
6000 ........................................... 1.37-1.45
7000 ........................................... 1.35-1.43
ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

CIRCUIT TEST HA ACRONYMS TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Acronym Definition

HO2S ................................ Heated Oxygen Sensor


KAM .................................... Keep-Alive Memory
ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

1) Continuous Memory Codes 181, 183, 189 & 192


These codes identify a lean fuel condition resulting in
adaptive fuel strategy enriching fuel system to compensate.

* Code 183

Indicates single right or rear HO2S detected a problem and


adaptive fuel rich limit has been reached at idle.

* Code 192

Indicates left or front HO2S detected a problem and adaptive


fuel rich limit has been reached at idle.

* Code 181

Indicates single right or rear HO2S detected a problem and


adaptive fuel rich limit has been reached.

* Code 189

Indicates left or front HO2S detected a problem and adaptive

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 102 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

fuel rich limit has been reached.

Continuous Memory Codes 179, 182, 188 & 191


These codes identify a rich fuel condition resulting in
adaptive fuel strategy leaning fuel system to compensate.

* Code 179

Indicates right or rear HO2S detected a problem and adaptive


fuel lean limit has been reached at idle.

* Code 182

Indicates right or rear HO2S detected a problem and adaptive


fuel lean limit has been reached at idle.

* Code 188

Indicates left or front HO2S detected a problem and adaptive


fuel lean limit has been reached.

* Code 191

Indicates left or front HO2S detected a problem and adaptive


fuel lean limit has been reached.

Possible causes for these codes are:

* Incorrect fuel pressure.


* Faulty fuel injector or circuit.
* Leaking or restricted air intake.
* Faulty MAP sensor.
* Restricted air or fuel filter.

If other codes are present, repair as necessary. If no other


codes are present, go to next step.
2) Check Fuel Pressure
Release fuel system pressure. With ignition off, install fuel
pressure gauge. Ensure manifold vacuum is connected to fuel pressure
regulator. Start engine and allow to idle. If fuel system pressure is
not within specification, repair as necessary. See FUEL SYSTEM in the
I - SYSTEM/COMPONENT TESTS article in this section. If fuel system
pressure is within specification, go to next step.
3) Check System Ability To Hold Fuel Pressure
With fuel pressure gauge installed, cycle ignition switch
from OFF to ON position 3-4 times to pressurize fuel system (DO NOT
start engine). If fuel pressure remains at specification for 60
seconds, go to next step (MAP/BARO equipped vehicles) or step 6) (all
other vehicles). If fuel pressure does not remain at specification for
60 seconds, repair fuel system as necessary. Refer to FUEL SYSTEM in
the I - SYSTEM/COMPONENT TESTS article in this section.
4) Check MAP/BARO Frequency

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 103 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Turn ignition off. Connect MAP/BARO tester to MAP/BARO


sensor. See Fig. 12 in CIRCUIT TEST DF. Turn ignition on. If MAP/BARO
voltage is within specification, go to step 5) for MFI equipped
vehicles. See MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE OUTPUT table. If voltage is not
within specification, check wiring to MAP/BARO sensor for corrosion
and other damage. Repair as necessary. Clear KAM, and repeat QUICK
TEST. If wiring is okay, replace MAP/BARO sensor. Clear KAM, and
repeat QUICK TEST.
5) Cylinder Balance Test (MFI)
Connect a tachometer to engine. Start engine, and run at
idle. Disconnect and reconnect injectors individually, noting RPM drop
as each injector is disconnected. IAC motor will attempt to re-
establish RPM. If each injector produces a momentary drop in RPM,
original fault is in ignition system. If each injector does not
produce a momentary drop in RPM, go to step 7).
6) Cylinder Balance Test (SFI)
Perform KOER SELF-TEST. After last code is displayed, wait 5-
10 seconds. Enter CYLINDER BALANCE TEST by lightly goosing throttle
(not WOT). Test time is about 2-3 minutes. To interpret codes
retrieved from test, refer to CYLINDER BALANCE TEST SERVICE CODES
table. If Code 90 is present, original fault is in ignition system. If
Code 90 is not present, go to step 8).

CYLINDER BALANCE TEST SERVICE CODES TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Service Code Application

90 .................................................... Pass
10 .......................................... Cylinder No. 1
20 .......................................... Cylinder No. 2
30 .......................................... Cylinder No. 3
40 .......................................... Cylinder No. 4
50 .......................................... Cylinder No. 5
60 .......................................... Cylinder No. 6
70 .......................................... Cylinder No. 7
80 .......................................... Cylinder No. 8
77/538 .............................................. Retest
ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

7) Check Injector & Circuit Resistance (MFI)


Turn ignition off. Wait 10 seconds. Disconnect PCM 60-pin
connector. Inspect pins for damage. Install Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-
IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure resistance of injector bank No.
1 between test pins No. 37 and 58 at breakout box. Measure resistance
of injector bank No. 2 between test pins No. 37 and 59 at breakout
box. Record resistances. See MFI INJECTOR BANK RESISTANCE table in
this circuit test. If each resistance is within specification, go to
step 12). If resistance is not as specified, go to step 9).

INDIVIDUAL INJECTOR RESISTANCE TABLE (1)


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Engine Ohms

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 104 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Explorer ........................................... 11-18

(1) - Resistance values are for a single injector.


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

MFI INJECTOR BANK RESISTANCE TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Engine Ohms

4.0L (1) ......................................... 4.0-5.5

(1) - Resistance values are for a single injector.


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 7) to step 9). No test
procedures have been omitted.

9) Check Continuity Of Fuel Injector Circuit


Turn ignition off. Disconnect suspect injector wiring harness
connector at injector. Measure resistance between test pins No. 37 and
57 at breakout box and each injector VPWR terminal at wiring harness
connector. See Figs. 25 and 26. Measure resistance between injector
test pin(s) at breakout box and same injector circuit terminal at each
injector wiring harness connector. If each resistance is less than 5
ohms, go to next step. If each resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair
open circuit. Remove breakout box, reconnect all components and drive
vehicle for 5 miles at 55 MPH. Repeat QUICK TEST.
10) Check Injector Circuit For Short To Power Or Ground
Turn ignition off. With breakout box installed and PCM
disconnected, disconnect suspect fuel injector wiring harness
connector. Measure resistance between injector test pin(s) and test
pins No. 37, 40, 46, 57 and 60. Measure resistance between injector
test pin(s) at breakout box and chassis ground. If each resistance is
10,000 ohms or more, replace injector per cylinder balance test
service code and go to next step (MFI). If each resistance is less
than 10,000 ohms, repair short. Remove breakout box, reconnect all
components and drive vehicle for 5 miles at 55 MPH. Repeat QUICK TEST.
11) Isolate Faulty Injector Circuit
Turn ignition off. With PCM disconnected, disconnect all
injectors on suspect bank. Connect one injector and measure resistance
between test pin No. 37 and 58 (injector bank No. 1) or between test
pin No. 37 and 59 (injector bank No. 2). Disconnect injector, and
repeat process for all other injectors. See INDIVIDUAL INJECTOR
RESISTANCE table. If all injectors are within specification, go to
next step. If injectors are not as specified, replace injector. Remove
breakout box, and reconnect components. Drive vehicle for 5 miles at
55 MPH. Repeat QUICK TEST.
12) Check Injector Drive Signal
With ignition off, connect PCM to breakout box. Use a non-
powered, 12-volt test light, and connect as follows:

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 105 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

* MFI

Connect test light between test pins No. 37 and 58 at


breakout box. Connect test light between test pins No. 37 and 59 at
breakout box.

CIRCUIT TEST J - FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT (RELAY & INERTIA SWITCH)

Diagnostic Aids
When ignition switch is in the ON or START position, the PCM
connects FUEL PUMP circuit (PCM terminal No. 22) to ground. The fuel
pump relay is energized and electrical current flows to the fuel pump.
If PCM does not receive ignition PIP signal within 2 seconds, FUEL
PUMP circuit is opened and fuel pump operation is terminated.
Perform this test when instructed by QUICK TEST .
This test is only intended to diagnose:

* Fuel pump relay.


* Inertia Fuel Shutoff (IFS) switch.
* Wiring harness circuits (B+, VPWR, FUEL PUMP, GND and
POWER-TO-PUMP).
* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

Fig. 27: Fuel Pump Monitor Schematic Diagram (J1)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 106 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Fig. 28: Fuel Pump Monitor Circuit Diagram (J5)

1) Code 556: Check VPWR To Fuel Pump Relay


Code 556 indicates a fuel pump primary circuit failure.
Possible causes for this fault are:

* IFS switch not reset or circuit open.


* Open or shorted circuit.
* Faulty fuel pump relay.
* Faulty PCM.

Disconnect fuel pump relay. Turn ignition on. Measure voltage


between chassis ground and VPWR circuit at fuel pump relay wiring
harness connector. If reading is 10.5 volts or more, go to next step.
If reading is less than 10.5 volts, verify IFS switch is in ON

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 107 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

position. If switch is okay, repair open in VPWR circuit between EEC


power relay and fuel pump relay. Connect fuel pump relay and repeat
QUICK TEST.
2) Check Fuel Pump Relay
Turn ignition off. Disconnect fuel pump relay. On ISO relays,
measure resistance between terminals No. 85 and 86. See Fig. 29. On
all other relays, measure resistance between VPWR pin and FUEL PUMP
circuit pin at fuel pump relay. Both resistances should be 40-85 ohms.
Set DVOM to 10-k/ohm scale. On ISO relays, measure resistance between
terminal No. 85 and terminals No. 30 and 87. On all other relays,
measure resistance between FUEL PUMP circuit pin and both POWER-TO-
PUMP and B+ pins at fuel pump relay. All resistances should be greater
than 10,000 ohms. If resistances are as specified, go to next step. If
resistances are not as specified, replace fuel pump relay and repeat
QUICK TEST.

Fig. 29: Fuel Pump Relay Connector Terminal ID (J6)

3) Check For Short To Power


Turn ignition off. Disconnect fuel pump relay. Disconnect 60-
pin PCM connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Install
EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Turn
ignition on. Measure voltage between test pin No. 22 and negative
battery terminal. If voltage is less than one volt, go to next step.
If voltage is one volt or more, repair short circuit. Reconnect PCM,
and attempt to start vehicle. If vehicle fails to start, replace PCM.
Repeat QUICK TEST.
4) Check For Shorts To Ground
Turn ignition off. Leave fuel pump relay and PCM
disconnected. Measure resistance between test pin No. 22 and test pins
No. 40 and 60. If resistance is less than 10,000 ohms, repair short
circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is 10,000 ohms or more,
go to next step.
5) Check Fuel Pump Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Leave fuel pump relay and PCM
disconnected. Measure resistance between FUEL PUMP circuit at fuel
pump relay wiring harness connector and test pin No. 22 at breakout
box. If resistance is less than 5 ohms, replace PCM and repeat QUICK
TEST. If resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair open circuit and repeat
QUICK TEST.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 108 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 5) to step 10). No test procedures
have been omitted.

10) Code 542


A KOEO Code 542 indicates one of the following conditions:
Engine Starts:

* Fuel pump secondary circuit shorted to power.


* Fuel pump relay contacts always closed.
* Open FPM circuit between PCM and junction to POWER-TO-PUMP
circuit.
* Left/front HO2S short to power (dual HO2S applications).
* Faulty PCM.

No Start:

* IFS switch circuit open or not reset.


* Open circuit in or between PCM and fuel pump.
* Faulty ground connection at fuel pump.
* Faulty fuel pump.

If engine starts, go to next step. If engine does not start,


go to step 15).
11) Check Fuel Pump Operation
Turn ignition on. Wait 5 seconds. Listen for fuel pump
operation. If fuel pump is off, go to step 13). If fuel pump is on, go
to next step.
12) Check For Fuel Pump Relay Always Closed
Turn ignition off. Disconnect fuel pump relay. Turn ignition
on. If fuel pump is off with relay disconnected, replace fuel pump
relay and repeat QUICK TEST. If fuel pump is on with relay
disconnected, repair short to power in POWER-TO-PUMP or FPM circuit.
(For models with relay block, also check fuel pump prime plug
circuit). Repeat QUICK TEST.
13) Check Continuity Of Fuel Pump Monitor (FPM) Circuit
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect
and repair any damaged terminals. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-
50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Disconnect fuel pump relay.
Measure resistance between test pin No. 8 at breakout box and POWER-
TO-PUMP circuit at fuel pump relay wiring harness connector. If
resistance is less than 5 ohms, go to step 25) (dual HO2S) or replace
PCM and repeat QUICK TEST (single HO2S). If resistance is 5 ohms or
more, repair open circuit and repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 13) to step 15). No test
procedures have been omitted.

15) Check Inertia Fuel Shutoff (IFS) Switch - Turn ignition


off. Disconnect IFS switch. Ensure switch is reset. Measure

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 109 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

resistance between IFS switch terminals. If resistance is less than 5


ohms, check for open in POWER-TO-PUMP circuit, poor fuel pump ground
or faulty fuel pump. If resistance is 5 ohms or more, reset or replace
IFS switch. Repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 15) to step 20). No test
procedures have been omitted.

20) Code 543


Code 543 indicates fuel pump secondary circuit failure
between B+ circuit and FPM connection to POWER-TO-PUMP circuit.
Following are possible causes:

No Start:

* Open circuit between B+ and FPM connection to POWER-TO-PUMP


circuit.
* Fuel pump relay contacts are always open.

Engine Starts:

* HO2S short to power (dual HO2S models).


* Faulty PCM.

If engine starts, go to step 25) (dual HO2S) or replace PCM


and repeat QUICK TEST (single HO2S). If engine does not start, go to
next step.
21) Check For B+ To Fuel Pump Relay
Turn ignition off. Disconnect fuel pump relay. Measure
voltage between B+ terminal at fuel pump relay wiring harness
connector and negative battery terminal. If voltage is 10.5 volts or
more, go to next step. If voltage is less than 10.5 volts, check
fuse/fusible link. If fuse/fusible link is okay, repair open circuit
in B+ circuit. Repeat QUICK TEST.
22) Check POWER-TO-PUMP Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Leave fuel pump relay disconnected.
Measure resistance between POWER-TO-PUMP terminal at fuel pump relay
wiring harness connector and negative battery terminal. If resistance
is less than 10 ohms, replace fuel pump relay and repeat QUICK TEST.
If resistance is 10 ohms or more, repair open circuit in POWER-TO-PUMP
circuit between FPM junction and fuel pump relay. Repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 22) to step 25). No test
procedures have been omitted.

Diagnostic Aids
Due to internal circuitry of PCM, a left/front HO2S signal
short to power could produce a Code 542 or 543.
25) Check Left/Front HO2S Sensor For Short To Power
Turn ignition off. Disconnect left or front HO2S sensor.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 110 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Measure resistance between HO2S SIGNAL terminal and KEY POWER terminal
at HO2S sensor wiring harness connector. See Figs. 30 and 31. If
resistance is 10,000 ohms or more, go to next step. If resistance is
less than 10,000 ohms, replace HO2S sensor. Clear KAM, and repeat
QUICK TEST.

Fig. 30: HO2S Sensor Connector (J7)

Fig. 31: HO2S Sensor Wiring Harness Connector (J8)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 111 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

26) Check HO2S Circuit For Short To Power


Turn ignition off. Leave left or front HO2S sensor
disconnected. Disconnect PCM. Inspect and repair any damaged
terminals. Turn ignition on. Measure voltage between HO2S SIGNAL at
HO2S wiring harness connector and chassis ground. If voltage is less
than 2 volts, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is 2 volts
or more, repair short circuit. Clear KAM, and repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 26) to step 90). No test
procedures have been omitted.

90) Continuous Memory Code 542


Code 542 indicates one of the following conditions:

* Faulty ground circuit at fuel pump.


* FPM or POWER-TO-PUMP circuit short to power.
* IFS switch not reset.
* Fuel pump relay contacts stuck closed.
* Open circuit in or between fuel pump and FPM circuit at PCM.
* Left or front HO2S circuit short to power (dual HO2S system).
* FUEL PUMP circuit is activated at a time that is not
programmed into PCM strategy.
* Engine stall due to excessive load.

Start engine. Check for engine miss or intermittent fuel pump


deactivation while performing following:

* Shake and bend POWER-TO-PUMP circuit wiring harness connector


between fuel pump relay and fuel pump.
* Shake and bend fuel pump ground circuit between fuel pump and
ground.
* Lightly tap fuel pump to simulate road shock.
* Lightly tap IFS switch to simulate road shock.

Turn ignition off. Check harness connectors for corrosion and


damage. Isolate and repair any faults. Clear continuous memory, and
repeat QUICK TEST. If no faults are found, go to next step.
91) Check FPM Circuit
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect
terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-
50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Connect test light between test
pin No. 8 and test pin No. 37 at breakout box. With test light lit,
perform wiggle test on FPM circuit between fuel pump and PCM. Light
will go out if fault is found, indicating an open circuit. If a fault
is found, repair as necessary and repeat QUICK TEST. If no fault is
found, go to next step.
92) Check For Shorts To Power
Connect a test light between breakout box test pins No. 8 and
40. Test light should be off. Observe test light while bending and
shaking FPM circuit and POWER-TO-PUMP circuit. Lightly tap fuel pump
relay to simulate road shock. Fault is indicated if test light comes

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 112 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

on. Isolate and repair fault as necessary, and repeat QUICK TEST. If
no fault is found, go to step 96) (dual HO2S) or step 99) (single
HO2S).
93) Continuous Memory Code 543: Check For Continuous Memory
Code 556
If Code 556 is present, go to step 95). If Code 556 is not
displayed, go to next step.
94) Check EEC-IV Harness
A Continuous Memory Code 543, without an accompanying
Continuous Memory Code 556, indicates one of the following conditions
has occurred during vehicle operation:

* An open in B+ circuit between B+ and fuel pump relay.


* Fuel pump relay contacts open.
* Open in POWER-TO-PUMP circuit between fuel pump relay to FPM
splice (if applicable).
* Left/front HO2S circuit short to power (dual HO2S).

Start engine. Check for engine miss or intermittent fuel pump


deactivation while performing the following:

* Shake and bend B+ circuit wiring harness between power source


and fuel pump relay.
* Shake and bend POWER-TO-PUMP circuit wiring harness connector
between fuel pump relay and FPM splice (if applicable).
* Lightly tap fuel pump relay to simulate road shock.

Turn ignition off. Inspect all fuel pump relay and B+


connectors for damage and corrosion. If fault is found, repair as
necessary and repeat QUICK TEST. If no fault is found, a Continuous
Memory Code 543 may have been set without a Continuous Memory Code
556, even though a fault has occurred in fuel pump primary circuit. go
to next step for fuel pump primary circuit check.
95) Continuous Memory Code 556: Check EEC-IV Harness
A Continuous Memory Code 556 indicates primary fuel pump
circuit has failed during vehicle operation. Possible causes for this
fault are:

* Open in VPWR circuit between EEC power relay and fuel pump
relay.
* Open coil in fuel pump relay.
* Open in fuel pump circuit (pin No. 22).
* Faulty IFS switch.

Start engine. Check for engine miss or intermittent fuel pump


deactivation while performing the following:

* Shake and bend VPWR circuit wiring harness between EEC and
fuel pump relay.
* Shake and bend FP circuit wiring harness connector between
fuel pump relay and PCM.
* Lightly tap fuel pump relay to simulate road shock.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 113 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

* Lightly tap IFS switch to simulate road shock (if equipped).

Turn ignition off. Disconnect fuel pump relay connector and


PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect terminals. If fault is found, isolate
and repair as necessary. Repeat QUICK TEST. If no faults are found but
Code 543 is present, go to next step (dual HO2S) or go to step 99)
(all others).

Diagnostic Aids
Due to internal circuitry of PCM, an intermittent left/front
HO2S signal short to power could produce a Continuous Memory Code 542
or 543.
96) Check Left/Front HO2S Circuit For Short To Power
Turn ignition off. Breakout box should be installed with PCM
disconnected. Connect test light between left/front HO2S test pin and
pin No. 40 at breakout box. See CIRCUIT TEST H for left/front HO2S
test pin identification. Test light should be off. Observe test light
while bending and shaking left/front HO2S circuit from HO2S sensor to
PCM. Lightly tap HO2S SENSOR to simulate road shock. Fault is
indicated if test light comes on. If fault is indicated, isolate and
repair as necessary, and repeat QUICK TEST. If no fault is indicated,
go to step 99).

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 96) to step 99). No test
procedures have been omitted.

CAUTION: Following road test is an optional procedure. Follow all


applicable safety procedures and traffic laws. This road
test requires a driver and an assistant. Assistant should
make measurements, observe changes and record notes. If
this test is not performed, go to H - TESTS W/O CODES article
in this section for other possible causes.

99) Road Test Vehicle


Purpose of this test is to identify faults by monitoring
certain controlled parameters while trying to recreate a drive-ability
or MIL symptom. To prepare for road test:

* Install fuel pressure gauge and if available, a MAP/BARO


tester.
* Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector, install breakout box and
reconnect PCM to breakout box.
* Connect "T" vacuum gauge into manifold vacuum line.
* Have DVOM, writing materials and appropriate schematics and
pin voltage charts available.

With ignition on and negative lead of DVOM connected to


negative battery terminal, ensure following signals are correct:

* POWERS: KAPWR (pin No. 1) is greater than 10.5 volts, VPWR


(pins No. 37 and 57) is greater than 10.5 volts and VREF (pin

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 114 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

No. 26) is 4-6 volts.


* GROUNDS: PWR GND (pins No. 40 and 60), SIG RTN (pin No. 46)
and IGN GND (pin No. 16) are 0.0-0.5 volt.
* OPTIONAL GROUNDS: HO2S GND (pin No. 49), CSE GND (pin No. 20)
and MAF RTN (pin No. 9 or 15) are 0.0-0.5 volt.

Diagnostic Aids
Test lights and DVOM are useful during diagnosis. For
example: with Continuous Memory Code 556 (fuel pump primary circuit
failure) and a surge or stall symptom, connect a test light to fuel
pump relay between VPWR and ground. Connect DVOM between FP circuit at
fuel pump relay and breakout box test pin No. 1. Under normal driving
conditions, test light will be on and DVOM will read battery voltage.
If vehicle stalls, PCM will open FP circuit and DVOM voltage will be
low. If fault is in fuel pump circuit, test light and DVOM status will
change as fault occurs. If test light at VPWR circuit goes out, fault
is in VPWR circuit to fuel pump relay. If test light and DVOM status
do not change and Continuous Memory Code 556 is set again, replace
fuel pump relay. If only FP voltage goes low, fault is in FP circuit
or PCM. To diagnose FP circuit and PCM, connect DVOM between breakout
box test pins No. 1 and 22. If voltage goes low as symptom occurs,
replace PCM. If voltage stays high as symptom occurs, fault is in FP
circuit. For fuel pump secondary circuit Codes 542 and 543, circuits
B+, POWER-TO-PUMP and FPM can be diagnosed using same procedure. Drive
vehicle and attempt to induce symptom. Information provided by vehicle
operator may help when trying to recreate symptom. When symptom
occurs, assistant should observe and record changes in voltage
signals. Information about symptom and operating condition value of
voltage signal and any other information available should be recorded
for analysis. If unable to duplicate symptom during road test, verify
EEC-IV values are within acceptable range. After test is completed,
analyze results to locate and repair fault causing symptom. If problem
cannot be identified, go to H - TESTS W/O CODES article in this
section for other possible causes of symptom.

CIRCUIT TEST KA - EGR VACUUM REGULATOR (EVR) SOLENOID

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test when instructed by QUICK TEST. To prevent
replacement of good components, be aware the following non-EEC related
areas may be at fault:

* Damaged vacuum hoses.


* Damaged EGR Pressure Transducer (EPT).
* EGR valve.

This test is only intended to diagnose:

* EGR Vacuum Regulator (EVR) solenoid.


* PCM.
* Wiring harness circuits (EVR and VPWR).

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 115 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

EVR solenoid regulates vacuum to EGR valve by way of EVT.


When energized, EVR opens a port between manifold vacuum and EGR
valve. When not energized, EVR closes port to EGR and vacuum is vented
to atmosphere.

Fig. 32: EGR Vacuum Regulator (EVR) Sol. Ckt. & Conn. Terminal ID
(KA1)

1) Code 558
Code 558 indicates failure in EVR solenoid circuit. Possible
causes for this fault are:

* Faulty EVR solenoid.


* Faulty vacuum hoses.
* Open or ground circuit in wiring harness.
* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

Turn ignition off. Remove scan tester (if applicable).


Disconnect cruise control servo wiring harness connector. Connect DVOM
negative lead to STO terminal at Data Link Connector (DLC). Connect
positive lead to positive battery terminal. Install a jumper wire
between STI terminal and SIG RTN terminal at DLC. See Fig. 6. Perform
KOEO SELF-TEST until continuous memory test is complete. DVOM will
read less than one volt when test is complete to indicate PCM has
entered OUTPUT STATE CHECK. Depress and release throttle. If voltage
does not increase, fully apply throttle and release. If STO voltage
remains low, go to CIRCUIT TEST QC. If voltage increases, remain in
OUTPUT STATE CHECK and go to next step.
2) Check EVR Solenoid Electrical
Turn ignition off. Remove EVR solenoid wiring harness
connector. Connect DVOM positive lead to VPWR terminal and negative
test lead to EVR terminal at EVR solenoid wiring harness connector.
Depress and release throttle 3-5 times to cycle solenoid output. If
EVR solenoid voltage output change is 0.5 volt or more, go to next
step. If EVR solenoid voltage output change is less than 0.5 volt, go
to step 5).
3) Check EVR Solenoid Vacuum
Turn ignition on. Disconnect EVR solenoid vacuum hoses.
Install vacuum pump on EVR solenoid vacuum port. Install vacuum gauge
on solenoid output port. Apply 6 in. Hg, and hold. Depress and release
throttle 3-5 times to cycle solenoid output. Turn ignition off. If
vacuum gauge shows vacuum cycling at output port, go to next step. If

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 116 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

vacuum gauge does not show vacuum cycling at output port, replace EVR
solenoid and repeat QUICK TEST.
4) Check EVR Vacuum Hoses
Remove jumper wire, vacuum pump and gauge. Remove vacuum
hoses individually. Plug one end of hose. Connect vacuum pump at
opposite end. Apply vacuum and observe gauge. If vacuum is not held,
replace hose and repeat QUICK TEST. If vacuum is held, ensure vacuum
port between EPT and EGR is not restricted. If vacuum port is clear,
go to next step.
5) Check EVR Solenoid VPWR
Turn ignition off. Disconnect EVR solenoid wiring harness
connector. Turn ignition on. Measure voltage between VPWR terminal at
wiring harness connector and negative battery terminal. If voltage is
10.5 volts or more, go to next step. If voltage is less than 10.5
volts, repair open VPWR circuit and repeat QUICK TEST.
6) Check EVR Solenoid Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect
terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-
50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure resistance between EVR
terminal at EVR solenoid wiring harness connector and test pin No. 31.
If reading is less than 5 ohms, go to next step. If resistance is 5
ohms or more, repair open circuit and repeat QUICK TEST.
7) Check EVR Solenoid Circuit For Short
Turn ignition off. Leave EVR solenoid disconnected. Measure
resistance between test pin No. 31 and test pins No. 37 and 57 at
breakout box. Measure resistance between test pin No. 31 and test pins
No. 40, 46 and 60 at breakout box. If each resistance is 10,000 ohms
or more, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST. If reading is less than
10,000 ohms, repair short circuit and repeat QUICK TEST.

CIRCUIT TEST KB - CANISTER PURGE (CANP) VALVE

Diagnostic Aids
CANP valve is controlled by the PCM. CANP valve is used to
regulate the flow of fuel vapors from the EVAP canister to the fuel
system. The CANP valve operates on manifold vacuum and a duty cycle
from the PCM.
Perform this test when instructed by QUICK TEST. This test is
only intended to diagnose:

* CANP valve.
* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).
* Wiring harness circuits (CANP and VPWR).

Fig. 33: CANP Circuit Schematic (KB1)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:55PM Page 117 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Fig. 34: CANP Valve Circuit & Connector Terminal ID (KB2)

1) KOEO Code 565


Code 565 indicates failure in CANP valve. Possible causes for
this fault are:

* Faulty CANP valve.


* Faulty vacuum hoses.
* Open or ground circuit in wiring harness.
* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

Turn ignition off. Remove scan tester (if applicable).


Disconnect cruise control servo wiring harness connector (if
equipped). Connect DVOM negative lead to STO terminal at Data Link
Connector (DLC). Connect positive lead to positive battery terminal.
Install a jumper wire between STI terminal and SIG RTN terminal at
DLC. See Fig. 6. Perform KOEO SELF-TEST until continuous memory test
is complete. DVOM will read less than one volt when test is complete
to indicate PCM has entered OUTPUT STATE CHECK. Fully apply and
release throttle. If voltage does not increase, fully apply throttle
and release. If voltage remains low, fully apply and release throttle.
If voltage does not increase, go to CIRCUIT TEST QC. If voltage
increase can be obtained, remain in OUTPUT STATE CHECK and go to next
step.
2) Check CANP Valve Electrical
Turn ignition off. Remove CANP valve wiring harness
connector. Connect DVOM positive lead to VPWR terminal and negative
test lead to CANP terminal at CANP valve wiring harness connector.
Depress and release throttle 3-5 times to cycle voltage output. If
voltage output change is 0.5 volt or more, go to next step. If EVR
solenoid voltage output change is less than 0.5 volt, go to step 7).
3) Measure CANP Valve Resistance
Leave ignition off and CANP valve connectors disconnected.
Measure resistance between connector terminals. If resistance is not
30-36 ohms, replace CANP valve and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is
30-36 ohms, go to next step.
4) Check CANP Valve For Vacuum Leaks
Leave CANP valve connectors disconnected. Remove vacuum hose
from input port of CANP valve. See Fig. 35. Using a vacuum pump, apply

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 118 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

16 in Hg. to input port. Replace valve if it does not hold vacuum for
20 seconds. If valve holds vacuum for 20 seconds, go to next step.

Fig. 35: Locating CANP Valve Vacuum Input Port (KB3)

5) Check CANP Valve Electrical/Mechanical


Reconnect Leave CANP valve connector. Ensure 16 in Hg. is
applied to input port. Fully apply and release throttle. If vacuum is
not released, replace CANP valve and repeat QUICK TEST. If vacuum is
released, remove jumper wire between SIG RTN and STI terminals of DLC.
go to next step.
6) Check Vacuum At CANP Valve Input Port
Leave CANP valve wiring harness connected. Start engine and
allow to idle. Remove CANP valve vacuum input hose. If vacuum is not

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 119 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

present at hose, check hose for blockage, leaking or incorrect


routing. If vacuum is present at hose, EEC system is okay. Testing is
complete.
7) Check VPWR Circuit Voltage
Leave CANP valve wiring harness disconnected. Turn ignition
on. Measure voltage CANP valve wiring harness connector terminal VPWR
and battery ground. If 10.5 volts or more is present, go to next step.
If less than 10.5 volts is present, repair open circuit and repeat
QUICK TEST.
8) Check CANP Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect
terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-
50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure resistance between test
pin No. 11 and CANP terminal of CANP valve wiring harness connector.
If resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair open circuit and repeat QUICK
TEST. If resistance is less than 5 ohms, go to next step.
9) Check For CANP Circuit Short To Power
Leave ignition off and CANP valve connector disconnected.
Measure resistance between breakout box test pin No. 11 and pins No.
37 and 57. If resistance is less than 10,000 ohms, repair short
circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is 10,000 ohms or more,
go to next step.
10) Check For Short To Ground
Leave ignition off and CANP valve connector disconnected.
Measure resistance between breakout box test pin No. 11 and pins No.
40, 46 and 60. If any reading is less than 10,000 ohms, repair short
to ground and repeat QUICK TEST. If all readings are 10,000 ohms or
more, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.

CIRCUIT TEST KC - SECONDARY AIR INJ SOLENOIDS (AIRB/AIRD)

Diagnostic Aids
PCM uses secondary air injection solenoids to control Air
Injection By-pass (AIRB) and Air Injection Diverter (AIRD) valves.
AIRB and AIRD are used to direct air to either engine or exhaust
system.
Perform this test when instructed by QUICK TEST or if
directed by other test procedures. This test is only intended to
diagnose:

* AIRB/AIRD solenoid valve assembly.


* Wiring harness circuits (AIRB, AIRD and VPWR).
* Vacuum supply.
* Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

To prevent replacement of good components, be aware the


following non-EEC related areas may be at fault:

* Secondary air injection system (belt, pump, valve or


reservoir).
* Blocked or restricted secondary air passages in engine.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 120 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Fig. 36: Sec. Air System Elect. Ckt. & Wiring Harness Conn. Term. ID
(KC1)

AIRB WIRE COLOR & TEST PIN IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Test Pin No. Wire Color

Explorer (1) .............. 51 ............ White/Orange

(1) - On models equipped with AODE transmission.


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

AIRD WIRE COLOR & TEST PIN IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Test Pin No. Wire Color

Explorer (1) .............. 11 ................... Brown

(1) - On models equipped with AODE transmission.


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

VREF WIRE COLOR & TEST PIN IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Test Pin No. Wire Color

Explorer ............... 37 & 57 ................... Red


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

1) Codes 311, 312, 313 & 314


Code 311 or 314 indicates that secondary air injection system

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 121 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

is inoperative. Code 312 indicates that secondary air is incorrectly


routed. Code 313 indicates that secondary air is not by-passed when
directed. Possible causes for these faults are:

* Vacuum hoses leaking, blocked or kinked.


* Secondary air injection valve inoperative.
* Secondary air injection solenoid defective or blocked.

Check for correct vacuum hose routing to AIRB/AIRD solenoids


and by-pass diverter valve. See Vehicle Emission Control Information
(VECI) label. Check for kinked or blocked vacuum hoses. Check for
kinked or blocked air hoses. Check for disconnected vacuum hoses. If
faults are detected, repair as necessary and repeat QUICK TEST. If no
faults are detected and Code 311 or 314 is present, go to step 4). If
Code 313 is present, go to step 3). If Code 312 is present, go to next
step.
2) Attempt To Eliminate Code 312
Disconnect and plug vacuum hose at AIRD valve. Repeat KOER
SELF-TEST. If Code 312 is present, EEC-IV system is okay. Inspect
diverter valve and check valve for faults. If Code 312 is not present,
go to step 4).
3) Attempt To Eliminate Code 313
Disconnect and plug vacuum hose at by-pass valve. Repeat KOER
SELF-TEST. If Code 313 is present, EEC-IV system is okay. Check by-
pass valve for problem. If Code 313 is not present, go to next step.
4) OUTPUT STATE CHECK
Use only a VOM or DVOM for this step. DO NOT use scan tester.
Turn ignition off. Disconnect cruise control servo (if equipped).
Connect DVOM negative lead to STO terminal at Data Link Connector
(DLC). Connect positive lead to positive battery terminal. Using
jumper wire, connect STI to SIG RTN at DLC. See Fig. 6. Perform KOEO
SELF-TEST until continuous memory test is complete. DVOM will read
less than one volt when test is complete. Depress and release
throttle. If voltage increases, OUTPUT STATE CHECK has been entered.
go to next step. If voltage does not increase, depress throttle to WOT
and release. If STO voltage does not increase, go to CIRCUIT TEST QC.
5) Check Solenoid Electrical Operation
Set DVOM on 20-volt scale. Disconnect AIRB/AIRD solenoids.
Connect DVOM positive lead to VPWR terminal and negative lead to AIRB
terminal at AIRB solenoid wiring harness connector. While observing
DVOM, depress and release throttle several times to cycle output on
and off. Repeat test for AIRD solenoid. Connect DVOM positive lead to
VPWR terminal and negative test lead to AIRD terminal on AIRD solenoid
wiring harness connector. Cycle AIRD solenoid on and off. If either
solenoid does not cycle more than 0.5 volt, remove jumper and go to
step 9). If both solenoids cycle more than 0.5 volt, stay in OUTPUT
STATE CHECK. Reconnect solenoids and go to next step.
6) Check Solenoids For Vacuum Cycling
Connect vacuum pump to solenoid vacuum supply port. Connect
vacuum gauge to output port. Maintain 15 in. Hg at vacuum source while
depressing and releasing throttle to cycle output on and off. Observe
vacuum gauge. Repeat for other solenoid. If either output does not

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 122 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

cycle on and off, replace solenoid assembly and repeat QUICK TEST. If
both outputs cycle on and off, go to next step.
7) Check Solenoids For Internal Vacuum Leaks
Connect a vacuum pump to AIRB solenoid supply port. Connect a
vacuum gauge to AIRB solenoid output port. Apply 15 in. Hg at vacuum
source. Observe gauge while depressing and releasing throttle to cycle
output on and off. Repeat test for AIRD solenoid. If solenoids cycle
on and off, fault is in secondary air injection system (belt, pump,
valve or reservoir). If solenoids do not cycle on and off, replace
solenoid assembly and repeat QUICK TEST.
8) Codes 553 & 552
Codes 553 and 552 indicate voltage output for secondary air
injection solenoid did not change when activated. Possible causes for
this fault are:

* AIRB/AIRD circuit(s) shorted or open.


* Fault in solenoid or PCM.

Disconnect both solenoid connectors. Turn ignition on.


Measure voltage between VPWR terminal of wiring harness connector and
battery ground for both solenoids. If either voltage reading is less
than 10.5 volts, repair wiring harness open circuit, and repeat QUICK
TEST. If both readings are 10.5 volts or more, go to next step.
9) Measure Solenoid Resistance
Turn ignition off. Leave solenoid connectors disconnected.
Measure resistance of both solenoids. If either reading is not 50-100
ohms, replace solenoid assembly and repeat QUICK TEST. If both
readings are 50-100 ohms, go to next step.
10) Check Circuit Continuity
Leave ignition off. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect
terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-
50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure resistance between AIRB
test pin at breakout box and AIRB terminal at wiring harness
connector. Measure resistance between AIRD test pin at breakout box
and AIRD terminal at wiring harness connector. If either reading is 5
ohms or more, repair open circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If both
readings are less than 5 ohms, go to next step.
11) Check For Short To Ground
Leave ignition off and solenoids disconnected. Measure
resistance between AIRB test pin at breakout box and test pins No. 40,
46 and 60 at breakout box. Measure resistance between AIRD test pin at
breakout box and test pins No. 40, 46 and 60. If any reading is less
than 10,000 ohms, repair short to ground and repeat QUICK TEST. If all
readings are 10,000 ohms or more, go to step 12).
12) Check For Short To Power Circuit
Turn ignition off. Leave solenoids and PCM disconnected.
Measure resistance between AIRB test pin and test pins No. 37 and 57
at breakout box. Measure resistance between AIRD test pin and test
pins No. 37 and 57 at breakout box. If any resistance is less than 10,
000 ohms, repair short to power and repeat QUICK TEST. If code is
repeated, replace PCM. If all resistances are 10,000 ohms or more,
replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 123 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

CIRCUIT TEST KD - CANISTER PURGE (CANP) SOLENOID

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test when instructed by QUICK TEST or if
directed by other test procedures. This test is only intended to
diagnose:

* CANP solenoid.
* Harness circuits (CANP and VPWR).
* Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

Fig. 37: Canister Purge (CANP) Circuit (KD1)

CANP WIRE COLOR & TEST PIN IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Test Pin No. Wire Color

Explorer ................. 11 .............. Gray/Yellow


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PINS NO. 37 & 57 (VPWR) WIRE COLOR IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ............................................. Red


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

1) Check System Function


Use only VOM or DVOM for this step. DO NOT use scan tester.
Turn ignition off. Disconnect cruise control servo wiring harness
connector. Connect DVOM negative lead to STO terminal at Data Link
Connector (DLC). Connect positive lead to positive battery terminal.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 124 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Install a jumper wire between STI terminal and SIG RTN terminal at
DLC. See Fig. 6. Perform KOEO SELF-TEST until continuous memory test
is complete. DVOM will read less than one volt when test is complete
to indicate PCM has entered OUTPUT STATE CHECK. Depress and release
throttle. If voltage increases, remain in OUTPUT STATE CHECK and go to
next step. If voltage does not increase, depress throttle to WOT and
release. If STO voltage does not increase, leave test equipment hooked
up and go to CIRCUIT TEST QC.
2) Check CANP Solenoid Electrical Function
Turn ignition on. Disconnect CANP solenoid. Connect DVOM
positive test lead to VPWR terminal and negative test lead to CANP
terminal at solenoid wiring harness connector. While observing DVOM,
depress and release throttle several times to cycle output on and off.
If CANP circuit voltage does not cycle 0.5 volt or more, remove jumper
wire and go to step 7). If CANP circuit voltage cycles, remain in
OUTPUT STATE CHECK and go to next step.
3) Check Solenoid For Vacuum Leaks
Turn ignition on. Leave CANP solenoid disconnected.
Disconnect vacuum hose at CANP solenoid from manifold vacuum side of
solenoid. Apply 16 in. Hg vacuum to manifold vacuum side of CANP
solenoid. If CANP solenoid does not hold vacuum for 20 seconds,
replace solenoid and repeat QUICK TEST. If fault is still present,
service fuel evaporation canister or hoses. If CANP holds vacuum for
20 seconds, remain in OUTPUT STATE CHECK, leave vacuum pump attached
and go to next step.
4) Check Solenoid Mechanical Operation
Connect CANP solenoid connector. Apply 16 in. Hg vacuum to
manifold vacuum side of CANP solenoid. Depress and release throttle.
If vacuum is released, check hose from CANP solenoid to canister for
leaks and cracks. If hose is okay, remove jumper wire from STI to SIG
RTN and go to next step. If vacuum is not released, check hose from
CANP solenoid to canister for blockage or kinks. If hose is okay,
replace CANP solenoid and repeat QUICK TEST.
5) Check Vacuum Supply To CANP Solenoid
Disconnect vacuum hose from CANP solenoid on manifold vacuum
side. Start engine. If vacuum is present at vacuum hose, engine
control system is okay. Check evaporative canister. If vacuum is not
present at hose, check vacuum hose for improper routing, kinks and
blockage. If hose is okay, check engine for mechanical cause of low
vacuum.
6) Code 565 Or 569: Check CANP Solenoid Resistance
Code 565 or 569 indicates fault in CANP solenoid circuit.
Possible causes for this fault are:

* Faulty CANP solenoid.


* Open or short circuit in wiring harness circuit.
* Faulty PCM.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect CANP solenoid connector.


Measure CANP solenoid resistance. If resistance is 30-90 ohms, go to
next step. If resistance is not 30-90 ohms, replace CANP solenoid and
repeat QUICK TEST.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 125 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

7) Check Voltage Of VPWR Circuit


With CANP solenoid disconnected, turn ignition on. Measure
voltage between VPWR terminal at CANP solenoid harness connector and
negative battery terminal. If reading is 10.5 volts or more, go to
next step. If reading is less than 10.5 volts, repair open circuit and
repeat QUICK TEST.
8) Check Continuity Of CANP Circuit
Turn ignition off. Disconnect CANP solenoid. Disconnect 60-
pin PCM connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Install
Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure
resistance between CANP test pin at breakout box and CANP terminal at
solenoid wiring harness connector. If reading is less than 5 ohms, go
to next step. If reading is 5 ohms or more, repair open circuit and
repeat QUICK TEST.
9) Check CANP Circuit For Short To Ground
Turn ignition off. With CANP solenoid disconnected, measure
resistance between CANP test pin and pins No. 40, 46 and 60 at
breakout box. If all readings are 10,000 ohms or more, go to next
step. If any reading is less than 10,000 ohms, repair short to ground
and repeat QUICK TEST.
10) Check CANP Circuit For Short To Power
Turn ignition off. With CANP solenoid and PCM disconnected,
measure resistance between CANP test pin and test pins No. 37 and 57
at breakout box. If all readings are 10,000 ohms or more, replace PCM
and repeat QUICK TEST. If any reading is less than 10,000 ohms, repair
short to power and repeat QUICK TEST.

CIRCUIT TEST KE - IDLE AIR CONTROL (IAC) SOLENOID

Diagnostic Aids
The IAC solenoid controls engine idle speed and dashpot
functions by regulating the volume of air by-passing the throttle
plate. IAC solenoid positioning is determined by signals sent from the
PCM.
Perform this test when instructed by QUICK TEST or if
directed by other test procedures. This test is intended to diagnose:

* RPM during SELF-TEST mode.


* IAC solenoid.
* Wiring harness circuits (IAC and VPWR).
* Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

To prevent replacement of good components, be aware the


following non-EEC related areas may be at fault:

* Engine temperature outside correct operating range.


* A/C input (electrical problem).
* Incorrect throttle stop adjustment.
* Faulty throttle or cruise control linkage.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 126 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Fig. 38: Idle Air Control Circuit (KE1)

TEST PIN NO. 21 (ISC) WIRE COLOR IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ................................ White/Light Blue


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PINS NO. 37 & 57 (VPWR) WIRE COLOR IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ............................................. Red


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

1) Code 412
Code 412 indicates engine RPM could not be controlled within
upper RPM limit during KOER SELF-TEST. Possible causes for this fault
are:

* Open or shorted circuit.


* Sticking or binding throttle linkage.
* Incorrect idle airflow setting.
* Throttle body or IAC solenoid contaminated.
* Faulty IAC solenoid.
* Faulty PCM.
* Mechanical faults unrelated to EEC-IV which could affect RPM.

Turn ignition off. Connect tachometer to engine. Start


engine. Disconnect Idle Air Control (IAC) harness. If RPM drops or

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 127 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

engine stalls, go to next step. If RPM does not drop or engine does
not stall, go to step 3).
2) Check For EGR Codes
If EGR service Code 213, 232, 326, 327, 328, 332, 334 or 336
is displayed, reconnect IAC solenoid. Go to appropriate CIRCUIT TEST.
See SERVICE CODE REFERENCE CHARTS. If these codes are not displayed,
go to next step.
3) Check For Other Diagnostic Test Codes
If Code 126, 136, 137, 172 or 173 is displayed, reconnect IAC
solenoid. Go to appropriate CIRCUIT TEST. See SERVICE CODE REFERENCE
CHARTS. If these codes are not displayed, go to next step.
4) Measure IAC Solenoid Resistance
Turn ignition off. Disconnect IAC solenoid. Connect DVOM
positive lead to VPWR terminal and negative lead to IAC terminal. See
Fig. 39. Measure resistance of IAC solenoid. If resistance is not 6-13
ohms, replace IAC solenoid and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is 6-
13 ohms, go to next step.

Fig. 39: IAC Solenoid Connector (KE2)

5) Check For Internal Short To IAC Solenoid Case


Turn ignition off. With IAC solenoid disconnected, measure
resistance from either IAC terminal pin to IAC solenoid housing. If
reading is more than 10,000 ohms, go to next step. If reading is 10,
000 ohms or less, replace IAC solenoid. Repeat QUICK TEST.
6) Check VPWR Circuit Voltage

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 128 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Leave IAC harness disconnected. Turn ignition on. Measure


voltage between VPWR terminal at IAC harness connector and battery
ground terminal. If voltage is 10.5 volts or more, go to next step. If
voltage is less than 10.5 volts, repair open in circuit and repeat
QUICK TEST.
7) Check IAC Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Leave IAC solenoid disconnected.
Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if
damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM
disconnected. Measure resistance between test pin No. 21 and IAC
terminal at IAC wiring harness connector. If reading is 5 ohms or
less, go to next step. If reading is more than 5 ohms, repair open
circuit and repeat QUICK TEST.
8) Check IAC Circuit For Short To Ground
Turn ignition off. Leave IAC solenoid and PCM disconnected.
Measure resistance between test pin No. 21 and test pins No. 40, 46
and 60. If any reading is less than 10,000 ohms, repair short to
ground and repeat QUICK TEST. If all readings are 10,000 ohms or more,
go to next step.
9) Check IAC Circuit For Short To Power
Leave IAC solenoid and PCM disconnected. Turn ignition on.
Measure voltage between breakout box test pin No. 21 and chassis
ground. If voltage is more than one volt, repair short circuit and
repeat QUICK TEST. If code or symptom is still present, replace PCM.
If voltage is one volt or less, go to next step.
10) Check IAC Signal From PCM
Turn ignition off. Reconnect IAC solenoid. Connect PCM to
breakout box. Connect DVOM between test pins No. 21 and 40 at breakout
box. Start engine. Observe DVOM while slowly increasing engine speed
to 3000 RPM. If DVOM voltage reading is 3.0-11.5 volts, go to next
step. If DVOM voltage reading is not 3.0-11.5 volts, remove IAC
solenoid to confirm that it is not stuck open. If IAC is okay, replace
PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.
11) Check Base Idle
Verify base idle speed is correct. See D - ADJUSTMENTS
article in this section. If base idle speed is within specification,
remove IAC solenoid and inspect for contamination. Repair or replace
as necessary. Repeat QUICK TEST. If code or symptom is still present,
replace IAC solenoid. If base idle speed is not correct, reset idle
speed to specification. Repeat QUICK TEST. If unable to set idle to
specification, go to next step.
12) Check For Faults Affecting Idle Speed
Check following mechanical items for faults:

* Throttle linkage and/or cruise control linkage (sticking or


binding).
* Throttle body (contamination).
* Vacuum hoses. Check Vehicle Emission Control Information
(VECI) label.
* Check for leaks around IAC solenoid (gaskets, etc.).

If any of these items are faulty, service as necessary, and

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 129 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

repeat QUICK TEST. If all of these items are okay, remove IAC solenoid
and inspect for contamination. Repair or replace as necessary. Repeat
QUICK TEST. If code or symptom is still present, replace IAC solenoid.
Repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 12) to step 15). No test
procedures have been omitted.

15) Code 411


Code 411 indicates engine RPM could not be controlled within
lower RPM limit during KOER SELF-TEST. Possible causes for this fault
are:

* Incorrect idle airflow setting.


* Vacuum leaks.
* Sticking or binding throttle linkage.
* Throttle plates open.
* Throttle body or IAC solenoid contamination.
* IAC circuit shorted to ground.
* Faulty IAC solenoid.

If listed items are okay and idle is set to specification,


remove IAC solenoid and inspect for contamination. Repair or replace
as necessary. Repeat QUICK TEST. If code or symptom is still present,
replace IAC solenoid. If idle speed is not within specification,
adjust as necessary and repeat QUICK TEST. If idle speed cannot be set
to specification, go to next step.
16) Check For Conditions Affecting Idle Speed
Check the following mechanical components:

* Vacuum hoses. Check Vehicle Emission Control Information


(VECI).
* Throttle linkage and/or cruise control linkage (sticking or
binding).
* Ensure throttle plates are fully closed.
* Induction system (vacuum leaks).
* Throttle body (contamination).
* Ensure CANP solenoid is not stuck open.
* Ensure base ignition timing is to specification on emission
decal.

If everything checks okay, go to next step. If fault is


found, service as necessary and repeat QUICK TEST.
17) Check For Internal Short To IAC Solenoid Case
Turn ignition off. Disconnect IAC solenoid wiring harness
connector. Measure resistance from either IAC terminal pin to IAC
solenoid housing. See Fig. 40. If reading is more than 10,000 ohms, go
to next step. If reading is 10,000 ohms or less, replace IAC solenoid.
Repeat QUICK TEST.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 130 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Fig. 40: IAC Solenoid Schematic (KE3)

18) Check IAC Circuit For Short To Ground


Turn ignition off. Leave IAC solenoid disconnected.
Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if
damaged. Install Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM
disconnected. Measure resistance between test pin No. 21 and test pins
No. 40, 46 and 60. If any reading is less than 10,000 ohms, repair
short to ground. Reconnect components, and repeat QUICK TEST. If all
readings are 10,000 ohms or more, go to next step.
19) Check IAC Signal From PCM
Turn ignition off. Connect PCM to breakout box. Reconnect IAC
solenoid. Set DVOM on 20-volt scale. Connect DVOM between test pins
No. 21 and 40. Start engine. Observe DVOM while slowly increasing and
decreasing engine RPM. If voltage is 3.0-11.5 volts, remove IAC
solenoid and inspect for contamination. Repair or replace as
necessary, and repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is not 3.0-11.5 volts,
replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.

CIRCUIT TEST KM - WAC & A/C DEMAND SWITCH

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test when diagnosing a symptom. To prevent
replacing good components, check the following non-EEC components and
systems:

* Refrigerant charge.
* Low ambient temperature (less than 45øF).
This test is only intended to diagnose:
* Wiring harness circuits (WAC, VPWR, GND, POWER-TO-CLUTCH and
ACD).
* WAC relay.
* A/C fan controller.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 131 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

Fig. 41: WOT A/C Cut-Out Circuit (KM2)

TEST PIN NO. 10 (ACCS) WIRE COLOR IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ............................... Dark Green/Orange


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PIN NO. 54 (WAC) WIRE COLOR IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ..................................... Pink/Yellow

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 132 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

1) Low/No Voltage To A/C Clutch


Check all A/C-related fuses in fuse panel before proceeding
with this test. Turn ignition off. Disconnect A/C clutch wiring
harness connector. Disconnect WAC relay connector. Measure resistance
between power side of A/C clutch harness connector and POWER-TO-CLUTCH
terminal at WAC relay harness connector. If resistance is less than 5
ohms, reconnect A/C switch and go to next step. If resistance is 5
ohms or more, repair open circuit. Reconnect all components and check
system operation.
2) Check For Power On A/C Demand Circuit
Turn ignition on. Leave WAC relay disconnected. Turn A/C
switch to A/C position. Measure voltage between chassis ground and A/C
DEMAND SWITCH input terminal at WAC relay wiring harness connector. If
voltage is more than 10.5 volts, go to step 5). If voltage is 10.5
volts or less, verify operation of A/C clutch cycling pressure switch
and A/C demand switch. If components are okay, repair open circuit and
recheck system.
3) Check Continuity Between WAC Relay & A/C Relay
Turn ignition off. Remove WAC and A/C relay wiring harness
connectors. Measure resistance between A/C RELAY terminal at WAC relay
connector and A/C RELAY terminal at A/C relay connector. If resistance
is less than 5 ohms, check A/C relay for low output voltage. Repair as
necessary. If resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair open circuit.
Connect relays, and check system operation.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 3) to step 5). No test procedures
have been omitted.

5) Check WAC Circuit For Short To Ground


Turn ignition off. Leave WAC relay disconnected. Disconnect
60-pin PCM connector. Inspect connector for damaged pins, corrosion
and loose wires. Repair as necessary. Leave PCM disconnected. Measure
resistance between WAC terminal at WAC relay wiring harness connector
and chassis ground. If resistance is less than 10,000 ohms, repair
short and check system operation. If resistance is 10,000 ohms or
more, go to next step.
6) Check For Voltage At ACCS Input To PCM
Turn ignition off. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-
IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Set A/C switch to A/C position. Turn
ignition on. Measure voltage between test pins No. 10 and 40 at
breakout box. If voltage is less than 10.5 volts, repair open circuit
and check system operation. If voltage is 10.5 volts or more, go to
next step.
7) Check WAC Relay
Turn ignition off. Connect WAC relay, leaving A/C clutch
disconnected. Leave A/C and blower switch positioned as listed in step
6). Turn ignition on. Measure voltage between POWER-TO-CLUTCH terminal
of A/C clutch wiring harness connector and negative battery terminal.
If voltage is more than 10.5 volts, go to next step. If voltage is 10.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 133 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

5 volts or less, replace WAC relay. Reconnect all components and check
system operation.
8) Check Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor & Throttle
Position (TP) Sensor Voltage
Turn ignition off. Reconnect PCM connector to breakout box.
Reconnect A/C clutch connector. Turn A/C on. Start engine. Measure
voltage between test pins No. 7 and 40 at breakout box. Ensure ECT
sensor voltage is as specified. See ECT & IAT SENSOR SPECIFICATIONS
table in CIRCUIT TEST DA. Also, measure voltage between test pins No.
40 and 47 at breakout box. With throttle plate at specified position,
ensure voltage is as specified. See Fig. 15 in CIRCUIT TEST DH. If ECT
sensor and TP sensor voltages are as specified, replace PCM. Remove
breakout box and check system operation. If either ECT sensor or TP
sensor voltage is not as specified, perform QUICK TEST. Service any
codes that are present. See SERVICE CODE REFERENCE CHARTS. If no codes
are present, check ECT/TP sensor wiring for opens and shorts. Repair
as necessary. Remove breakout box, reconnect all components, and
repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 8) to step 15). No test procedures
have been omitted.

15) No A/C Output At WOT: Enter OUTPUT STATE CHECK


Use only VOM or DVOM for this step. DO NOT use scan tester.
Turn ignition off. Disconnect cruise control servo wiring harness
connector. Connect DVOM negative lead to STO terminal at Data Link
Connector (DLC). See Fig. 42. Connect positive lead to positive
battery terminal. Install a jumper wire between STI terminal and SIG
RTN terminal at DLC. Perform KOEO SELF-TEST until continuous memory
test is complete. DVOM will read less than 1.0 volt when test is
complete to indicate PCM has entered OUTPUT STATE CHECK. Depress and
release throttle. If voltage increases to more than 10.5 volts, remain
in OUTPUT STATE CHECK and go to next step. If voltage does not
increase to more than 10.5 volts, depress throttle to WOT and release.
If STO voltage does not go high, go to CIRCUIT TEST QC, step 2).

Fig. 42: DLC Terminal ID (KM4)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 134 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

16) Check For VPWR To Relay


With vehicle in OUTPUT STATE CHECK, disconnect wiring harness
from WAC relay. Measure voltage between VPWR terminal at WAC relay
wiring harness connector and chassis ground. If voltage is 10.5 volts
or less, repair open in VPWR circuit between EEC power relay and WAC
relay and retest system. If voltage is more than 10.5 volts, go to
next step.
17) Check WAC System For Cycling
Leave vehicle in OUTPUT STATE CHECK. Disconnect WAC relay
wiring harness connector. Connect DVOM positive test lead to VPWR
terminal. Connect negative test lead to WAC terminal at WAC relay
wiring harness connector. Check DVOM while depressing and releasing
throttle several times to cycle output on and off. If voltage cycles
about one volt high to low, replace WAC relay. Remove jumper wire and
check system operation. If voltage does not cycle, remove test leads
and jumper wire. Reconnect speed control servo, and go to next step.
18) Check Continuity Of WAC Circuit
Turn ignition off. Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector. Inspect
connector for damaged pins, corrosion and loose wires. Repair as
necessary. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM
disconnected. Measure resistance between test pin No. 54 at breakout
box and WAC terminal at WAC relay wiring harness connector. If reading
is 5 ohms or more, repair open circuit. Reconnect all components and
check system operation. If reading is less than 5 ohms, go to next
step.
19) Check WAC Circuit For Short To Power
Turn ignition off. Leave PCM and WAC relay disconnected. Turn
ignition on. Measure voltage between test pin No. 54 and chassis
ground. If voltage is less than 1.0 volt, replace PCM and retest
system. If voltage is 1.0 volt or more, repair short circuit. If
symptom is still present, replace PCM.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 19) to step 30). No test
procedures have been omitted.

30) Check A/C Input Circuit


Turn A/C switch to A/C position. Perform KOEO SELF-TEST. If
Code 539 is not present, go to next step. If Code 67 or Code 539 is
present, PCM is receiving and recognizing A/C input from pin No. 10.
Check for other possible causes of low idle.
31) Check A/C Input Circuit
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect
connector for damaged pins, corrosion and loose wires. Repair as
necessary. Install breakout box, leaving PCM disconnected. Turn A/C
on. Turn ignition on. Measure voltage between test pins No. 10 and 40.
If voltage is more than 10.5 volts, replace PCM and connect all
components. Repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is 10.5 volts or less,
repair open A/C circuit. Remove breakout box, reconnect all
components, and repeat QUICK TEST.
32) Cycle A/C Demand Switch
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 135 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

connector for damaged pins, corrosion and loose wires. Repair as


necessary. Install breakout box, leaving PCM disconnected. Connect
DVOM positive lead to test pin No. 43. Connect negative lead to test
pin No. 40. Turn ignition on. Turn A/C on and off. If voltage cycles
high and low when switch is cycled, EEC-IV system is okay and testing
is complete. If voltage does not cycle, repair open in ACD circuit,
and repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 32) to step 40). No test
procedures have been omitted.

Diagnostic Aids
Before entering this test, ensure A/C selector is in OFF
position and shift selector is in Park (A/T). If A/C was on, repeat
QUICK TEST. If Code 67 or 79/539 is present, go to step 40).
40) Code 67 Or 79/539: Check A/C Input
Code 79/539 indicates ACCS input to PCM was high during SELF-
TEST. Code 67 indicates Neutral Drive Switch (NDS) or ACCS circuit
voltage was high during SELF-TEST. Turn ignition off. Disconnect 60-
pin PCM connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Install
EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Turn
ignition on. Measure voltage between test pin No. 10 at breakout box
and chassis ground. If voltage is 1.0 volt or more, repair short to
power in A/C circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is less than 1.
0 volt, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.
41) Check For Short To Power In PCM
Turn ignition off. Connect 60-pin PCM connector to breakout
box. Ensure A/C clutch is disconnected. Turn ignition on. Measure
voltage between test pins No. 10 and 40 at breakout box. If voltage is
5 volts or more, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is less
than 5 volts, go to CIRCUIT TEST TD.

CIRCUIT TEST KP - OCTANE ADJUST

Diagnostic Aids
Enter this test when directed by QUICK TEST. This test is
only intended to diagnose:

* Harness circuits (SIG RTN and OCT ADJ).


* Octane shorting bar connector.

Purpose of octane adjust shorting bar is to provide optimum


spark advance for fuel used. If engine detonates (spark knock), remove
octane shorting bar. This retards spark advance about 3-4 degrees. If
engine continues to detonate, use fuel with a higher octane rating.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 136 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Fig. 43: Octane Adjust Circuit (KP1)

TEST PIN NO. 44 (OCT ADJ) WIRE COLOR IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer (1) .................................. Dark Green

(1) - Test pin No. 29 is used on all models.


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PIN NO. 46 (SIG RTN) WIRE COLOR IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ........................................ Gray/Red


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

1) Code 341
Code 341 indicates octane adjust shorting bar is not in place
or OCT ADJ circuit is open. Turn ignition off. Inspect octane adjust
in-line connector. If shorting bar has been removed, go to next step.
If shorting bar is in place, go to step 4).
2) Check For Modification Decal

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 137 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

If vehicle has modification decal indicating octane adjust


shorting bar was removed as a factory authorized procedure, testing is
complete. If engine is detonating, go to H - TESTS W/O CODES article
in this section. If vehicle does not have modification decal, go to
next step.
3) Check For Code 341
Replace octane adjust shorting bar. Perform KOEO SELF-TEST.
If Code 341 is present, go to next step. If code is not present,
testing is complete. If driveability faults are present, go to
H - TESTS W/O CODES article in this section.
4) Check Octane Adjust Circuit Continuity
Continuity should exist from OCT ADJ circuit, through in-line
connector and shorting bar, to SIG RTN circuit. Turn ignition off.
Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if
damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM
disconnected. Measure resistance between test pin No. 46 and OCT ADJ
test pin at breakout box. If resistance is more than 5 ohms, repair
open OCT ADJ circuit, shorting bar or SIG RTN circuit. Repeat QUICK
TEST. If resistance is 5 ohms or less, replace PCM and repeat QUICK
TEST.
5) Check For Code 111
Start engine. Warm to normal operating temperature. Turn
ignition off. Perform KOEO SELF-TEST. If Code 111 is present, go to
next step. If Code 341 is present, return to step 1). For all other
codes, return to QUICK TEST.
6) Verify In-Line Shorting Bar Is Installed
Turn ignition off. Inspect octane adjust in-line connector.
If shorting bar is installed, go to step 8). If shorting bar is not
installed, go to next step.
7) Check For Modification Decal
If vehicle has modification decal indicating octane adjust
shorting bar was removed as a factory authorized procedure, testing is
complete. If engine is detonating, go to H - TESTS W/O CODES article
in this section. If vehicle does not have modification decal, go to
step 10).
8) Check For Technical Service Bulletin (TSB)
If a TSB authorizing removal of octane adjust shorting bar
exists, go to next step. If a TSB authorizing removal of octane adjust
shorting bar does not exist, testing is complete. If driveability
faults are present, go to H - TESTS W/O CODES article in this section.
9) Remove Octane Adjust Shorting Bar
Turn ignition off. Remove octane adjust shorting bar. Test
drive vehicle to verify complaint. If detonation is present, go to
next step. If detonation is not present, system is okay. Testing is
complete.
10) Check Octane Adjust Circuit For Short To Ground
Turn ignition off. Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector. Inspect
terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-
50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure resistance between OCT
ADJ terminal at in-line connector and test pins No. 40, 46 and 60 at
breakout box. If resistance is 10,000 ohms or less, repair short
circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If each resistance is more than 10,000

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 138 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

ohms, go to next step.


11) Check PCM
Turn ignition off. Disconnect octane adjust shorting bar.
Turn ignition on. Measure voltage between OCT ADJ test pin terminal
and test pins No. 40 and 60 at breakout box. If voltage is 4 volts or
less, replace PCM. Repeat QUICK TEST. If engine still detonates, go to
H - TESTS W/O CODES article in this section. If voltage is 4 volts or
more, remove breakout box and go to
H - TESTS W/O CODES article in this section.

CIRCUIT TEST M - DYNAMIC RESPONSE TEST

Diagnostic Aids
To prevent replacing good components, be aware the following
non-EEC related areas may be cause of problem:

* Technician did not perform brief Wide Open Throttle (WOT)


after Dynamic Response Code.
* Engine did not go over 2000 RPM during WOT.
This test is only intended to diagnose:
* Throttle movement (minimum 3/4 throttle).
* RPM increase is more than 2000 RPM.

If throttle is snapped open briefly, it may not pass WOT


test. Ensure throttle is depressed fully to WOT and engine speed
exceeds 2000 RPM.
1) Code 77/538: System Failed To Recognize WOT Test
Repeat KOER SELF-TEST as follows:

* Activate SELF-TEST.
* Start engine.
* Observe ID Code start of test.
* Observe Dynamic Response Code 1 (Code 0 with Star tester).
* Perform brief WOT.
* Testing is complete; Diagnostic Test Code (DTC) output
begins.

Ensure vehicle speed reached 2000 RPM during WOT. If Code


77/538 is present, replace PCM. If Code 77/538 is not present, vehicle
has passed dynamic response test. Service other codes if necessary.

CIRCUIT TEST ML - SELF-TEST OUTPUT (STO) OR MIL

Diagnostic Aids
The MIL is turned on when PCM detects a fault in EEC
circuit(s). The light will remain on as long as fault remains in
system.
Perform this test only when instructed by QUICK TEST or if
directed by CIRCUIT TEST QA. This test does not include procedure for
models with electronic instrument panel. To prevent replacing good
components, be aware that fuse, bulb or bulb socket may be cause of
problem. This test is only intended to diagnose:

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 139 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

* STO/MIL circuit.
* Faulty PCM.

Fig. 44: Data Link Connector (DLC) Terminal ID (ML1)

TEST PIN NO. 17 (STO/MIL) WIRE COLOR IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ................................ Pink/Light Green


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

DATA + TEST PIN & WIRE COLOR IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Test Pin No. Wire Color

Explorer ................. 18 ............... Tan/Orange


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

DATA - TEST PIN & WIRE COLOR IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Test Pin No. Wire Color

Explorer ................. 19 .......... Pink/Light Blue


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

1) Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) Always On


If vehicle will not start, go to appropriate circuit test:

* For 4.0L models, go to CIRCUIT TEST AC.

Service all KOEO and continuous memory codes before


proceeding with this test. Turn ignition off. Disconnect 60-pin PCM
connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV
Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 140 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

resistance between test pins No. 17 and 40 at breakout box. If


resistance is more than 5 ohms, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST. If
reading is 5 ohms or less, repair short between test pin No. 17 and
Diagnostic Link Connector (DLC) terminal No. 17 or MIL. Reconnect all
components, and repeat the QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 1) to step 4). No test procedures
have been omitted.

4) Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) Does Not Light


If vehicle will not start, go to step 1). Turn ignition on.
Measure voltage between negative battery terminal and ground side of
MIL fuse. If voltage is more than 10.5 volts, go to step 6). If
voltage is 10.5 volts or less, go to next step.
5) Check For Voltage At Fuse
Turn ignition on. Measure voltage from negative battery
terminal to power side of MIL fuse. If voltage is more than 10.5
volts, replace fuse. Verify repair by turning ignition switch to RUN
position. If voltage is 10.5 volts or less, repair open MIL/B+
circuit. Verify repair by turning ignition switch to RUN position.
6) Check Voltage At B+ Circuit
Turn ignition on. Measure voltage between B+ side of MIL bulb
socket and negative battery terminal. If voltage is 10.5 volts or
less, repair open in MIL circuit between fuse and bulb. Verify repair
by turning ignition switch to RUN position. If voltage is more than
10.5 volts, go to next step.
7) Check MIL Bulb Response To Grounding
Turn ignition off. Attach jumper wire between ground side of
MIL bulb socket and chassis ground. Turn ignition on. If MIL light
comes on, remove jumper wire, and go to next step. If MIL light does
not come on, remove jumper wire. Replace MIL bulb socket. Turn
ignition on to verify correct MIL operation.
8) Check Continuity Of MIL Circuit
Turn ignition off. Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector. Inspect
terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-
50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure resistance between test
pin No. 17 at breakout box and MIL wiring harness connector terminal.
If resistance is less than 5 ohms, replace PCM. If resistance is 5
ohms or more, repair open MIL circuit. Turn ignition on to verify
correct MIL operation.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 8) to step 10). No test procedures
have been omitted.

10) MIL On Intermittently, Check For Intermittent Short From


STO To Ground
If vehicle does not start, go to step 1). MIL comes on when a
fault code is present. Service all fault codes before proceeding. If
no codes are output, proceed with this test. Enter KOEO wiggle test.
See CONTINUOUS MONITOR MODE (WIGGLE TEST) under QUICK TEST. Check DVOM

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 141 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

for indication of fault while performing wiggle test on harness in the


following areas:

* From Diagnostic Link Connector (DLC) to dash panel.


* Dash panel to PCM.
* Dash panel to Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL).

If a fault is indicated, repair short to ground and repeat


QUICK TEST. If a fault is not indicated, fault cannot be duplicated at
this time. Testing is complete.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 10) to step 15). No test
procedures have been omitted.

15) MIL Flashes With Erratic Idle


Symptoms indicate STI is grounded and PCM is performing self-
test without tester installed. Turn ignition off. Disconnect 60-pin
PCM connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Measure
resistance between STI connector and engine ground. If resistance is
10,000 ohms or less, repair short circuit. Reconnect PCM, and turn
ignition on to verify correct MIL operation. If resistance is more
than 10,000 ohms, MIL circuit is okay. Verify symptom, and test for
other rough idle symptoms.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 15) to step 20). No test
procedures have been omitted.

20) CHECK ENGINE Message Displayed


If vehicle will not start, go to step 1). Perform KOEO SELF-
TEST. If result is pass code, fault is in instrument cluster. If pass
code is not displayed, service codes as necessary.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 20) to step 25). No test
procedures have been omitted.

25) Continuous Memory Code 529 Or 533: CHECK ENGINE or CHECK


DLC Message Displayed. Codes 529 and 533 indicate circuit fault has
occurred on Data Link Connector (DLC). These codes can occur alone or
with another code. Fault will occur under following conditions:

* Code 529 indicates PCM or DLC circuit failure.


* Code 533 indicates DLC to electronic instrument cluster
circuit failure.

If vehicle does not start, go to step 1). If vehicle starts,


clear continuous memory codes. Wait 5 minutes, and repeat KOEO SELF-
TEST. If result is pass code (Code 11/111), fault is in instrument
cluster. If pass code is not displayed, service codes as necessary.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 142 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

CIRCUIT TEST NC - IGNITION DIAGNOSTIC MONITOR (IDM) 4.0L

Diagnostic Aids
The IDM is an input signal to the PCM that verifies spark
plug fire based on ignition coil primary discharge. IDM signal
consists of a single pulse for each engine RPM. No IDM pulse indicates
secondary ignition misfire.
Perform this test when directed by QUICK TEST. This test is
only intended to diagnose EEC-IV portion of ignition system. For
additional information on ignition system and component testing, see
I - SYSTEM/COMPONENT TESTS article in this section. To prevent
replacing good components, be aware following non-EEC related areas
may be at fault:

* Ignition Control Module (ICM).


* Ignition coil packs.
* Spark plugs and/or wires.
* Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor.
* Secondary ignition short to ground.
This test is intended to diagnose:
* Wiring harness circuits (IDM and SPOUT).
* Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

Fig. 45: IDM Circuit Schematic (NC1 - 4.0L)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 143 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

1) Continuous Memory Code 211: Erratic Ignition


Code 211 indicates 2 successive erratic Profile Ignition
Pick-Up (PIP) pulses occurred. Possible causes for this fault are:

* Loose wires or connectors.


* Secondary ignition short to ground.
* On-board transmitter equipment (2-way radio).

Repair any problems found as necessary and repeat QUICK TEST.


If problem is not found, go to step 4). If vehicle does not start, go
to CIRCUIT TEST AC.
2) Code 226: IDM Circuit Failure
Code 226 indicates PCM did not receive IDM signal from ICM in
KOEO SELF-TEST. Possible causes for this problem are:

* Open or short in IDM or IGN GND circuit wiring harness.


* Faulty ICM.

If engine does not start, go to IGNITION SYSTEMS in


I - SYSTEM/COMPONENT TESTS article in this section. If engine starts,
go to step 4).
3) Continuous Memory Code 212: Check For Other Codes
Code 212 indicates loss of IDM input signal to PCM. Possible
causes for this fault are:

* Open or short circuit in wiring harness.


* Faulty ICM.
* Faulty PCM.

If vehicle is a no-start or Continuous Memory Code 215, 216,


217 or 232 is present, proceed to IGNITION SYSTEMS in the appropriate
I - SYSTEM/COMPONENT TESTS article in this section. If Code 215, 216
or 217 is not present, go to next step.
4) Check IDM Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Disconnect ICM. Disconnect PCM 60-pin
connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV
Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure
resistance between test pin No. 4 at breakout box and IDM terminal 2
at ICM wiring harness connector. If resistance is 5 ohms or more,
repair open circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is less than
5 ohms, go to next step.
5) Check IDM Circuit For Short To Power (Except VREF)
Leave PCM and ICM disconnected. Monitor circuit voltage by
connecting DVOM between test pin No. 4 and test pin No. 40 or 60. To
check VBAT circuit, turn ignition off. To check VPWR circuit, turn
ignition on. If either voltage reading is more than 10.5 volts, repair
short circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is 10.5 volts or less,
go to next step.
6) Check IDM Circuit For Short To VREF & PIP
Turn ignition off. Ensure PCM and ICM are disconnected.
Disconnect scan tool (if applicable). To check for shorts to VREF, use
DVOM to measure resistance between test pins No. 4 and 26 at breakout

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 144 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

box. To test for shorts to PIP, measure resistance between test pins
No. 4 and 56 at breakout box. If either resistance is 10,000 ohms or
less, repair short circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If each resistance
is more than 10,000 ohms, go to step 7).

Diagnostic Aids
During this test, a short to SIG RTN (pin No. 46) may be
indicated along with an actual short to PWR GND when 4-wire HO2S is
connected to vehicle wiring harness.
7) Check IDM Circuit For Short To Ground
Leave PCM and ICM disconnected. Measure resistance between
test pin No. 4 and test pins No. 40, 46 and 60 at breakout box. If any
reading is less than 10,000 ohms, repair short to ground in IDM
circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If all resistances are 10,000 ohms or
more, go to next step.
8) Check ICM
Leave ignition off. Connect ICM to wiring harness connector.
Connect PCM to breakout box. Start engine, and allow it to idle.
Connect DVOM to test pins No. 4 and 16. Start engine. Observe DVOM for
fault (voltage surge) while lightly tapping on ignition components to
simulate road shock. Wiggle both ICM wiring harness connectors. If
fault is indicated, disconnect and inspect ICM wiring harness
connectors and terminals for damage. If connectors and terminals are
okay, check ignition system. See I - SYSTEM/COMPONENT TESTS article in
this section. If fault is not indicated, leave DVOM connected to
breakout box and go to next step.
9) Check EEC-IV Harness
Ensure engine is idling at correct RPM. Wiggle, shake or bend
small sections of harness, working from ICM connectors to firewall.
Observe DVOM for indication of fault. Repeat process from firewall to
PCM. If fault is indicated, isolate fault and repair wiring harness.
Repeat QUICK TEST. If no fault is indicated, go to step 10).
10) Check PCM & Harness Connectors
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM 60-pin connector. Inspect
connector for damaged pins, corrosion and loose wires. If connector is
damaged, repair as necessary. Clear codes, and repeat QUICK TEST. If
connector is okay, go to next step.
11) Check PCM For Short To Power
Turn ignition off. Disconnect ICM connectors. Connect PCM to
breakout box. Measure voltage between test pin No. 4 and chassis
ground. Turn ignition on. Measure voltage between test pin No. 4 and
pins No. 40 and 60. If either voltage is more than 10.5 volts, replace
PCM and repeat QUICK TEST. If each voltage is 10.5 volts or less, go
to next step.
12) Check PCM For Short To Ground
Turn ignition off. Leave ICM connectors disconnected. Ensure
PCM is connected to breakout box. Measure resistance between test pin
No. 4 and pins No. 16, 20, 40, 46 and 60. If each resistance is more
than 10,000 ohms, EEC system is okay. Check ignition system. See
I - SYSTEM/COMPONENT TESTS article in this section. If any resistance
is 10,000 ohms or less, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 145 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

CIRCUIT TEST PC - SPARK TIMING CHECK (4.0L)

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test when checking computed timing or if
directed by QUICK TEST. This test is intended to diagnose:

* SPOUT wiring harness circuit.


* Base timing.
* Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

To prevent replacing good components, be aware the following


non-EEC related areas may be at fault:

* Basic engine condition (valves, vacuum leaks, valve timing,


etc.).
* ICM.

Fig. 46: ICM Connector Terminal ID (PC1 - 4.0L)

TEST PIN NO. 36 (SPOUT) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE (4.0L)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 146 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ............................................ Pink


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

1) Check For Power To PCM


Turn ignition off. Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector. Inspect
terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-
50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Turn ignition on. Measure
voltage between test pins No. 37 and 40 at breakout box. Measure
voltage between test pins No. 57 and 60 at breakout box. If both
readings are 10.5 volts or more, go to next step. If either reading is
less than 10.5 volts, go to CIRCUIT TEST B.
2) Check SPOUT Circuit For Continuity
Turn ignition off. Disconnect ICM. Measure resistance between
test pin No. 36 at breakout box and SPOUT terminal at ICM wiring
harness connector. If resistance is 5 ohms or less, go to next step.
If resistance is more than 5 ohms, repair open circuit and check
ignition timing.
3) Check SPOUT Circuit For Shorts To Power (Except VREF)
Turn ignition off. Leave PCM and ICM disconnected. Measure
voltage between test pin No. 36 and test pin No. 40 or 60 at breakout
box. To check for short to VBAT, turn ignition off. To check for short
to VPWR, turn ignition on. If any reading is more than 10.5 volts,
repair short circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is 10.5 volts
or less, go to next step.

Diagnostic Aids
During this test, a short to SIG RTN (pin No. 46) may be
indicated along with an actual short to PWR GND when 4-wire HO2S is
connected to vehicle wiring harness.
4) Check SPOUT Circuit For Shorts To VREF, Ground & PIP
Turn ignition off. Leave PCM and ICM disconnected. To check
for shorts to ground, measure resistance between test pin No. 36 and
test pins No. 16, 20, 40, 46 and 60. To check for shorts to VREF,
measure resistance between test pins No. 26 and 36. To check for
shorts to PIP circuit, measure resistance between test pins No. 36 and
56. If each resistance is more than 10,000 ohms, check ignition
system. See IGNITION SYSTEM in I - SYSTEM/COMPONENT TESTS article in
this section. If either resistance is 10,000 ohms or less, repair
short circuit and repeat QUICK TEST.

CIRCUIT TEST QA - NO CODES/CODES NOT LISTED

Diagnostic Aids
Aftermarket devices, such as alarm system, may cause SELF-
TEST to abort if wiring is connected to certain EEC components. If a
device is installed, disconnect it completely from EEC system. Before
continuing with this circuit test, restore EEC circuits to original
state and repeat QUICK TEST.
Perform this test when directed by QUICK TEST or other test

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 147 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

procedures. This test is intended to diagnose:

* Powertrain Control Module (PCM).


* EEC power relay.
* Wiring harness circuits (HO2S, SIG RTN, STO, STI, VPWR and
VREF).

Fig. 47: No Codes/Codes Not Listed Circuits (QA1)

TEST PIN NO. 17 (STO/MIL) WIRE COLOR IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ................................ Pink/Light Green


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PINS NO. 37 & 57 (VPWR) WIRE COLOR IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ............................................. Red


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PIN NO. 46 (SIG RTN) WIRE COLOR IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ........................................ Gray/Red


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PIN NO. 48 (STI) WIRE COLOR IDENTIFICATION TABLE

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 148 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ...................................... White/Pink


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

1) Check VREF Voltage At Data Link Connector (DLC)


Turn ignition off. Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector. Inspect
terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-
50-EEC-IV). Connect PCM to breakout box. Turn ignition on. Measure
voltage between test pin No. 26 at breakout box and SIG RTN terminal
at DLC. If reading is 4-6 volts, go to step 3). If reading is not 4-6
volts, go to next step.
2) Check SIG RTN Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM from breakout box. Measure
resistance between test pin No. 46 at breakout box and SIG RTN
terminal at DLC. If reading is less than 5 ohms, go to CIRCUIT TEST C.
If resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair open circuit and repeat QUICK
TEST.
3) Check STI Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM from breakout box. Measure
resistance between test pin No. 48 at breakout box and Self-Test Input
(STI) terminal at pigtail connector. If resistance is 5 ohms or more,
repair open circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If reading is less than 5
ohms, go to next step.
4) Check STO Circuit Continuity
Leave ignition off and PCM disconnected. Measure resistance
between test pin No. 17 at breakout box and STO terminal at DLC. If
reading is less than 5 ohms, go to next step. If resistance is 5 ohms
or more, repair open circuit and repeat QUICK TEST.

Diagnostic Aids
A right/rear HO2S short to power could prevent EEC system
from entering self-diagnostics.
5) Check HO2S Signal For Short To Power
Leave PCM disconnected. Turn ignition on. Measure voltage
between test pin No. 40 or 60 and HO2S SIGNAL test pin No. 29 or 44 at
breakout box. For HO2S circuit schematics, see CIRCUIT TEST H. If
voltage is more than 2 volts, go to next step. If voltage is 2 volts
or less, go to step 7).
6) Isolate Short To Harness Or HO2S Sensor
Turn ignition off. Leave PCM disconnected. Disconnect
right/rear HO2S sensor connector. Turn ignition on. Measure voltage
between HO2S SIGNAL test pin No. 29 or 44 and test pins No. 40 and 60
at breakout box. If any measurement is 2 volts or more, repair short
to power in HO2S SIGNAL circuit, and repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is
less than 2 volts, replace right/rear HO2S sensor and repeat QUICK
TEST.
7) Check STO Circuit For Short To Ground
Turn ignition off. Leave PCM disconnected. Measure resistance
between STO at DLC and engine ground. If reading is more than 5 ohms,
go to next step. If resistance is 5 ohms or less, repair STO or MIL

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 149 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

circuit for short to ground and repeat QUICK TEST.


8) Check If Power Relay Is Always On
Leave ignition off and PCM disconnected. Connect DVOM between
test pin No. 37 or 57 and pin No. 40 or 60 at breakout box. Turn
ignition on and then off. Wait 10 seconds. If voltage changes from 10.
5 volts (or more) to less than one volt, go to step 10). If voltage
does not change from 10.5 volts (or more) to less than one volt, go to
next step.
9) Check VPWR Circuit For Short To Power
Turn ignition off. Leave PCM disconnected. Disconnect EEC
power relay. Connect DVOM to test pin No. 37 or 57 and test pin No. 40
or 60 at breakout box. If voltage is more than one volt, repair VPWR
circuit short to power and repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is one volt
or less, replace EEC power relay and repeat QUICK TEST.
10) Check Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) Function
If MIL is always on, go to CIRCUIT TEST ML, step 1). If MIL
is always off, go to CIRCUIT TEST ML, step 4). If MIL is working
normally, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.

CIRCUIT TEST QB - CONTINUOUS MEMORY CODE 15 OR 512

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test when directed by QUICK TEST. This test is
intended to diagnose:

* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).


* KAPWR wiring harness circuits.

Fig. 48: KAPWR Circuit Schematic (QB1)

TEST PIN NO. 1 (KAPWR) WIRE COLOR IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer .......................................... Yellow


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

Diagnostic Aid
Continuous Memory Code 15/512 may be displayed when power
between PCM and KAPWR is interrupted. This code may be set when a

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 150 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

breakout box is installed or battery is disconnected.


1) Continuous Memory Code 15/512: Check KAPWR Circuit Voltage
-Code 15/512 indicates PCM power interruption in Keep-Alive Memory
(KAM). Clear codes and repeat QUICK TEST. If Code 15/512 is repeated,
turn ignition off. Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector. Inspect terminals,
and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV),
leaving PCM disconnected. Measure voltage between test pin No. 1 and
test pins No. 40 or 60 at breakout box. Observe voltage reading while
wiggling small sections of EEC wiring harness from PCM to dash. If
reading is less than 10.5 volts, repair open circuit and repeat QUICK
TEST. If reading is 10.5 volts or more, go to next step.
2) Inspect Wiring Harness Routing
Ensure EEC wiring is not routed close to ignition components
and secondary ignition wires. If necessary, reroute EEC wiring. Clear
codes, and wait 5 minutes. Repeat KOEO SELF-TEST. If Continuous Memory
Code 15/512 is not repeated, testing is complete. If Continuous Memory
Code 15/512 is still present, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.

CIRCUIT TEST QC - OUTPUT STATE CHECK NOT FUNCTIONING

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this circuit test when directed by other CIRCUIT
TESTS. This test is only intended to diagnose:

* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).


* Throttle plate linkage.

1) Check For Codes 23/121, 53/123 & 63/122


Disconnect cruise control servo wiring harness connector (if
equipped). Perform KOEO SELF-TEST. If Code 23/121, 53/123 or 63/122 is
present, go to appropriate CIRCUIT TEST. See SERVICE CODE REFERENCE
CHARTS. If Code 11/111 (pass code) is displayed, go to next step. If
no code is displayed, go to CIRCUIT TEST QA.
2) Check Throttle Linkage
Check throttle and linkage for sticking and binding. If
throttle and linkage are okay, replace Throttle Position (TP) sensor
and repeat QUICK TEST. If throttle and linkage are binding, repair as
necessary and repeat QUICK TEST.

CIRCUIT TEST S - SYSTEM CHECK

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test only when directed by CIRCUIT TEST AC. This
test is intended to diagnose:

* IAC system.
* MAP/BARO system.
* EGR system.
* MAF system.

To prevent replacing good components, be aware the following


non-EEC-IV areas may be at fault:

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:56PM Page 151 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

* Faulty power or ground connections.


* Engine mechanical components (compression, timing, valves,
etc.).

1) IAC Check
Try to start engine at part throttle. If engine starts and
runs smoothly at part throttle, go to CIRCUIT TEST KE, step 4). If
engine does not run as described, go to step 3). If engine starts and
idles smoothly, go to next step.
2) Check For RPM Drop
Turn ignition off. Connect a tachometer to engine. Start
engine. Disconnect IAC solenoid. If RPM drops or engine stalls,
reconnect IAC solenoid and go to next step. If RPM does not drop,
CIRCUIT TEST KE, step 4).
3) Power To MAP/BARO Sensor
If vehicle is not equipped with a MAP/BARO sensor, go to step
8). Turn ignition off. Disconnect MAP/BARO sensor. Connect MAP/BARO
tester between wiring harness and MAP/BARO sensor. See Fig. 49.
Connect banana plugs of tester into DVOM. Turn ignition on. If Green
light is on, go to next step. If Green light is not on, repair open in
VREF circuit and check system operation.

Fig. 49: MAP/BARO Tester & Circuit (S1)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 152 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

4) MAP/BARO Tester Output Reading


Measure several known good MAP/BARO sensors to obtain average
voltage for location and day of testing. With MAP/BARO tester and DVOM
connected, turn ignition on. Measure MAP/BARO voltage at MAP sensor.
If voltage is not within specification for specific altitude, replace
MAP/BARO sensor. See MAP VOLTAGE OUTPUT table below. If voltage is in
within specification for specific altitude, go to step 8) (MAF
vehicles) or go to next step (except MAF vehicles).

MAP VOLTAGE OUTPUT TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Approximate Elevation (Ft.) Voltage Output (Volts)

0 .............................................. 1.55-1.63
1000 ........................................... 1.52-1.60
2000 ........................................... 1.49-1.57
3000 ........................................... 1.46-1.54
4000 ........................................... 1.43-1.51
5000 ........................................... 1.40-1.48
6000 ........................................... 1.37-1.45
7000 ........................................... 1.35-1.43
ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

5) Check Vacuum Lines


Check vacuum hoses for correct routing. Refer to VECI decal.
Check MAP sensor vacuum hose for leaks and blockage. If vacuum hoses
are okay, go to next step. If vacuum hoses are not okay, repair as
necessary. Repeat QUICK TEST.
6) Check MAP Sensor
Turn ignition off. Disconnect vacuum hose from manifold
vacuum source. Connect vacuum pump to MAP sensor hose. Apply 18 in. Hg
vacuum to MAP sensor. If MAP sensor holds vacuum, go to next step. If
MAP sensor does not hold vacuum, replace MAP sensor or hose and repeat
QUICK TEST.
7) Check Vacuum Manifold Source
Install vacuum gauge at manifold vacuum source. Start engine
and observe vacuum gauge. If manifold vacuum is present, remove vacuum
gauge. Reconnect MAP sensor vacuum hose, and go to next step. If
vacuum is not present, remove obstruction and repeat QUICK TEST.
8) Check EGR Vacuum
If vehicle is not equipped with EGR system, proceed to
CIRCUIT TEST H, step 2). Disconnect and plug the vacuum line at the
EGR valve. Attempt to start engine. If the vehicle did not start
previously but starts now or if driveability symptoms are eliminated,
proceed to CIRCUIT TEST DN, step 42) (vehicles equipped with EVP) or
to CIRCUIT TEST DL., step 50) (except vehicles with EVP). If vehicle
could not start previously and still does not start or if vehicle
driveability fault is still present, go to next step.
9) Check EGR Valve
Inspect EGR valve for leaks. If valve is fully closed, go to
CIRCUIT TEST H. If EGR valve is leaking or is not fully seated, repair
or replace valve as necessary.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 153 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

CIRCUIT TEST TA - CPP SWITCH/PNP SWITCH

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test only when directed by QUICK TEST. This test
is intended to diagnose:

* Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) switch.


* Park/Neutral Position (PNP) switch.
* Powertrain Control Module (PCM).
* Wiring harness circuits (CPP, PNP and SIG RTN).

Fig. 50: PNP Sw. Ckt. Schematic (TA2 - Explorer With A/T)

Fig. 51: CPP Switch Circuit Schematic (TA3 - 4.0L M/T)

TEST PIN NO. 30 (CPP/PNP) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ............................... Light Blue/Yellow


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PIN NO. 46 (SIG RTN) WIRE COLOR ID TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 154 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Application Wire Color

Explorer ........................................ Gray/Red


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

1) Code 522, 525 Or 528


Code 522, 525 or 528 is a result of voltage being high at
either pin No. 10 (A/C input) or No. 30 (CPP/PNP input) while cranking
engine or during KOEO SELF-TEST. Possible causes for these faults are:

* A/C circuit shorted to power.


* CPP or PNP circuit open.
* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).
* Starter relay disconnected during self-test.

On all A/T models, go to step 8). On M/T Go to next step.


2) Check CPP/PNP Input
Turn ignition off. Turn A/C off (if equipped). Disconnect 60-
pin PCM connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Install
EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected.
Measure resistance between test pins No. 30 and 46 with transmission
in Neutral and clutch pedal up. Measure resistance between test pins
No. 30 and 46 with transmission in gear and clutch pedal down. If each
resistance is less than 5 ohms, go to next step. If resistance is 5
ohms or more, go to step 5).
3) Check CPP/PNP Switch Integrity
Leave ignition off and PCM disconnected. Measure resistance
between test pins No. 30 and 46 with transmission in any gear and
clutch pedal up. See Fig. 52. If resistance is less than 5 ohms, go to
CIRCUIT TEST KM, step 40) (models with A/C) or replace PCM and repeat
QUICK TEST (except models with A/C). If resistance is 5 ohms or more,
go to next step.

Fig. 52: Neutral Gear/Clutch Input Circuit (TA6)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 155 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

4) Check For CPP Short To Ground


Leave ignition off and PCM disconnected. Disconnect CPP
switch. Measure resistance between test pins No. 30 and 46. If
resistance is 10,000 ohms or more, go to CIRCUIT TEST KM, step 40)
(models with A/C), or replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST (all others).
If resistance is less than 10,000 ohms, repair short circuit.
Reconnect all components, and repeat QUICK TEST.
5) Check CPP/PNP Switch
Leave ignition off and PCM disconnected. Locate PNP switch
(on transmission) and CPP switch (at clutch pedal linkage). Disconnect
wiring harness at both switches. Measure resistance across PNP switch
terminals with transmission in Neutral. Measure resistance across CPP
switch with clutch pedal down. If each resistance is 5 ohms or less,
go to next step. If resistance is more than 5 ohms, replace switch and
repeat QUICK TEST.
6) Check CPP/PNP Wiring Harness
Leave ignition off and PCM disconnected. Measure resistance
between test pin No. 30 and the following terminals:

* PNP switch wiring harness connector CPP and/or PNP terminal.


* CPP switch wiring harness connector CPP and/or PNP terminal.

Measure resistance between test pin No. 46 and the following


terminals:

* PNP switch wiring harness connector SIG RTN terminal.


* CPP switch wiring harness connector SIG RTN terminal.

If any resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair open circuit and


repeat QUICK TEST. If each resistance is less than 5 ohms, go to
CIRCUIT TEST KM, step 40) (models with A/C) or replace PCM and repeat
QUICK TEST (except models with A/C).
7) Check CPP Switch
Turn ignition and A/C off. Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector.
Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box
(T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Push clutch pedal down.
Measure resistance between test pins No. 30 and 46 at breakout box. If
resistance is less than 5 ohms, go to CIRCUIT TEST KM, step 40)
(models with A/C) or replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST (except models
with A/C). If each resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair open circuit.
Reconnect all components, and repeat QUICK TEST.
8) Check PNP Input
Turn ignition and A/C off. Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector.
Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box
(T83L-50-EEC-IV). Connect PCM to breakout box. Ensure transmission is
in Neutral or Park. 6Turn ignition on. Measure voltage between test
pin No. 30 and chassis ground. If voltage is less than one volt, go to
CIRCUIT TEST KM, step 40) (models with A/C) or replace PCM and repeat
QUICK TEST (except models with A/C). If voltage is one volt or more,
go to next step.
9) Check PNP Switch Resistance
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM from breakout box.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 156 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Disconnect PNP wiring harness connector. Measure resistance across


switch terminals. If resistance is less than 5 ohms, repair open in
PNP circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is 5 ohms or more,
replace PNP switch and repeat QUICK TEST.

CIRCUIT TEST TB - 4X4 LOW & TRANSMISSION CONTROL SWITCH (TCS)

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test only when directed by QUICK TEST. To
prevent replacing good components, be aware following non-EEC areas
may be at fault:

* Engine base condition (compression, valve timing, etc.).


* Brakes.
* Transmission fluid, friction elements and cooling.
* Transfer case linkage or internal condition.
This test is only intended to diagnose:
* Harness circuits (4x4 LOW, TCIL and TCS).
* Faulty PCM.

Fig. 53: 4x4 Low & Overdrive Cancel Circuits (TB1 - Touch Drive
Option)

Fig. 54: 4x4 Low & Overdrive Cancel Ckts. (W/O Touch Drive Option -
TB2)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 157 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

1) Code 47/633 & 691


Code 47/633 indicates 4x4 Low selector lever is not in 4x2 or
4x4 HIGH position during KOEO SELF-TEST. Code 691 indicates 4x4
selector fault is set when KAM value for engine speed/vehicle speed
disagrees with PCM logic regarding engine speed/vehicle speed verses
TCS position. Possible causes for these faults are:

* Faulty 4x4 Low switch or 4x4 selector lever position.


* Transfer case damaged internally.
* Wiring harness circuit open or grounded.
* Faulty PCM.

Ensure that 4x4 Low selector lever was in 4x2 or 4x4 HIGH
position during KOEO SELF-TEST and go to step 4).
2) Code 65/632 & 653
Code 65/632 and 653 indicate TCS is not cycled between engine
ID code and WOT check during KOER SELF-TEST. Possible causes for these
faults are:

* Faulty TCS or switch not cycled.


* Wiring harness circuit open or grounded.
* Faulty PCM.

Ensure that TCS switch is cycled between engine ID code and


WOT check during KOER SELF-TEST and go to step 4).
3) Code 97/631 & 623
Code 97/631 and 623 indicate TCS light circuit fault during
KOEO SELF-TEST. Possible causes for these faults are:

* TCS bulb burned out.


* Wiring harness circuit open or grounded.

Ensure that TCS switch is cycled during KOEO SELF-TEST and go


to step 5).
4) Cycle 4x4 Or Overdrive Cancel Switch
Turn ignition off. Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector. Inspect
terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-
50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Turn ignition on.

* To check 4x4 LOW circuit, measure voltage between test pin


No. 12 and test pins No. 40 and 60 at breakout box while
cycling switch between in and out of 4x4 Low position.
* To check TCS circuit, measure voltage between test pin No. 41
and test pins No. 40 and 60 at breakout box while cycling
overdrive cancel switch.

If voltage cycles, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST. If


voltage does not cycle, go to next step if diagnosing a trouble code
or step 7) if 6diagnosing driveability symptom only.
5) Check Circuits For Short To Ground
Turn ignition off. Leave PCM disconnected from breakout box.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 158 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Disconnect switch connector. Inspect for damage and repair as


necessary.

* To check 4x4 LOW circuit, measure resistance between test pin


No. 12 and test pins No. 40 and 60 at breakout box.
66 * To check TCS circuit, measure resistance between test pin
No.
41 and pins No. 40 and 60 at breakout box.

Measure resistance between test pin No. 32 and pins No. 40


and 60 at breakout box. If all resistance is more than 10,000 ohms, go
to next step (Code 97/631 or 623) or step 8) (Code 47/633, 65/632, 633
or 691). If any resistance is 10,000 ohms or less, repair short
circuit. Repeat QUICK TEST. If code is still present, go to step 7).
6) Check Power Through TCIL Circuit
Turn ignition off. Leave PCM disconnected from breakout box.
Measure voltage between test pin No. 32 and test pins No. 40 and 60 at
breakout box. If voltage is more than 10.5 volts, replace PCM and
repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is 10.5 volts or less, go to next step.
7) Check Output Driver Voltage Signal
Leave PCM disconnected from breakout box. Turn ignition on.

* To check 4x4 LOW circuit, disconnect switch. Connect DVOM


positive lead to test pin No. 12 and negative lead to PWR GND
terminal of breakout box.
* To check TCIL circuit, connect DVOM positive lead to test pin
No. 32 and negative lead to PWR GND terminal of breakout box.

If either voltage reading is less than 2 volts, check bulb


and fuse. If bulb and fuse are okay, repair open circuit and repeat
QUICK TEST. If all voltage readings are 2 volts or more, go to next
step.

Fig. 55: KEY POWER Terminal in Fuse Panel ID (TB3)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 159 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

8) Check Circuit Continuity


Turn ignition off. Leave PCM disconnected from breakout box.
Leave switch disconnected.

* To check 4x4 LOW circuit, measure resistance between test pin


No. 12 at breakout box and 4x4 LOW LED circuit at switch
wiring harness connector.
* To check TCS/TCIL circuit, connect DVOM positive lead on KEY
POWER terminal of fuse panel and negative lead on power side
of TCS wiring harness connector. Also connect DVOM positive
lead on test pin No. 41 at breakout box and negative lead on
power side of TCS wiring harness connector.

If any resistance reading is 5 ohms or more, repair open


circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If all resistance readings are less
than 5 ohms, go to next step.
9) Check Circuits For Short To Power
Turn ignition off. Leave PCM disconnected from breakout box.
Leave switch disconnected.

* To check 4x4 LOW circuit, measure resistance between test pin


No. 12 and test pins No. 37 and 57 at breakout box.
* To check TCS circuit, measure resistance between test pin No.
32 and test pins No. 37 and 57 at breakout box. Measure
resistance between test pin No. 41 and test pins No. 37 and
57 at breakout box.

If resistances are more than 10,000 ohms, replace switch and


repeat QUICK TEST. If any resistance is 10,000 ohms or less, repair
short circuit and repeat QUICK TEST.

CIRCUIT TEST TC - TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test only when directed by QUICK TEST. To
prevent replacing good components, be aware the following non-EEC
areas may be at fault:

* Engine condition (compression, cam timing, valves, etc.).


* Charging system or battery.
* Transmission linkage, internal components or cooling.

This test is not intended to diagnose transmission. This test


is intended to diagnose:

* Wiring harness circuits (TCC, CCS, EPC, SS3/4, SS1, SS2, SS3,
SIG RTN, EPC PWR and VPWR).
* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

CIRCUIT TEST TC ACRONYMS TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Acronym Definition

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 160 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

CCC ............................. Converter Clutch Control


CCS ................................. Coast Clutch Control
EPC .......................... Electronic Pressure Control
MCCC .................. Modulated Converter Clutch Control
SS ........................................ Shift Solenoid
TCC .............................. Torque Converter Clutch
ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

AODE SERVICE CODE IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application PCM Pin No. KOEO Code

EPC ...................... 38 ................. 624, 625


SS1 ...................... 51 ...................... 621
SS2 ...................... 52 ...................... 622
TCC ...................... 53 ...................... 652
ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PIN NO. 53 (TCC) WIRE COLOR IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ................................... Purple/Yellow


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

Fig. 56: A4LD Solenoid Circuit ID (TC2)

A4LD SERVICE CODE IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application PCM Pin No. KOEO Code

CCO ...................... 53 ...................... 629


SS3/4 .................... 52 ...................... 566
ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 161 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

E4OD SERVICE CODE IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application PCM Pin No. KOEO Code

EPC ...................... 38 .............. 99/624, 998


SS1 ...................... 52 ................... 91/621
SS2 ...................... 19 ................... 92/622
CCS ...................... 55 ................... 93/626
TCC ...................... 53 ................... 94/629
ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

1) OUTPUT STATE CHECK


91/621, 92/622, 93/626, 94, 629 641, or 652 indicates shift
solenoid did not respond to PCM command. Code 566 or 629 indicate CCO
or SS3/4-4/3 did not change state when requested by PCM. Possible
causes for these faults are:

* Faulty solenoid assembly.


* Circuit open or grounded.
* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

To enter OUTPUT STATE CHECK, use only VOM or DVOM. DO NOT use
scan tester. Turn ignition off. Disconnect cruise control servo wiring
harness connector. Connect DVOM negative lead to STO terminal at Data
Link Connector (DLC). Connect positive lead to positive battery
terminal. Install a jumper wire between SIG RTN terminal and STI
terminal at DLC. See Fig. 47. Perform KOEO SELF-TEST until continuous
memory test is complete. DVOM will read less than one volt when test
is complete to indicate PCM has entered OUTPUT STATE CHECK. Depress
and release throttle. If voltage increases, remain in OUTPUT STATE
CHECK and go to next step. If voltage does not increase, depress
throttle to WOT and release. If STO voltage goes high, go to next
step. If STO voltage does not go high, leave test equipment connected
and go to CIRCUIT TEST QC, step 2).
2) Check Solenoid Electrical Condition
Turn ignition off. Disconnect transmission wiring harness
connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Connect VOM or
DVOM positive test lead to solenoid wiring harness connector VPWR
terminal. Connect negative test lead to appropriate shift solenoid
terminal at transmission wiring harness connector. Turn ignition on.
Cycle solenoid output on and off by depressing and releasing throttle
3-5 times. If voltage output changes 0.5 volt or more, fault is in
transmission. If voltage output does not change 0.5 volt or more, go
to next step.
3) Check Solenoid & VPWR Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Leave transmission wiring harness
disconnected. Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector. Inspect terminals, and
repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV),
leaving PCM disconnected. Measure resistance between transmission
wiring harness connector terminal and corresponding test terminal at
breakout box. Measure resistance between breakout box test pins No. 37

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 162 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

and 57 and VPWR terminal at transmission wiring harness connector. If


each resistance is less than 5 ohms, go to next step. If any
resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair open circuit and repeat QUICK
TEST.
4) Check Solenoid Circuit For Short To Power Or Ground
Leave ignition off and PCM disconnected. Leave transmission
wiring harness disconnected. Measure resistance between PCM output
signal test pin and test pins No. 37 and 57 at breakout box. Measure
resistance between PCM output signal test pin and pins No. 40, 46 and
60 at breakout box. Measure resistance between PCM output signal test
pin and chassis ground. If either resistance is less than 10,000 ohms,
repair short circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If all resistances are 10,
000 ohms or more, check solenoids. If solenoids are okay, replace PCM
and repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 4) to step 10). No test procedures
have been omitted.

10) Code 99/624 Or 625: Check VPWR To Solenoid


Code 99/624 indicates failure of EPC circuit. Code 625
indicates EPC driver failure. Possible causes for these faults are:

* Faulty solenoid.
* Circuit open or grounded.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect transmission wiring harness


connector. Turn ignition on. Measure resistance between VPWR and EPC
PWR terminal at transmission wiring harness connector and
chassis/battery ground. If voltage is less than 10.5 volts, repair
open circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is 10.5 volts or more,
go to next step.
11) Check Solenoid Signal & VPWR Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector. Inspect
terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-
50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure resistance between
VPWR/EPC PWR terminal at transmission wiring harness connector
breakout box test pins No. 37 and 57. Measure resistance between test
pin No. 38 at breakout box and EPC terminal at transmission wiring
harness connector. If resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair open
circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is less than 5 ohms, go
to next step.
12) Check Circuit For Short To Power Or Ground
Leave ignition off and PCM disconnected. Leave transmission
wiring harness connector disconnected. Measure resistance between test
pins No. 37 and 57 and suspect solenoid test pin at breakout box.
Measure resistance between test pins No. 40, 46 and 60 and suspect
solenoid test pin at breakout box. If either resistance is less than
10,000 ohms, repair short circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If all
resistances are 10,000 ohms or more, check solenoids. If solenoids are
okay, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 163 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 12) to step 20). No test
procedures have been omitted.

20) Code 621, 622, 641 Or 643: Check Solenoid Resistance


KOEO Code 621 (SS1), 622 (SS2), 641 (SS3) or 643 (TCC)
indicate failure in shift solenoid circuit. Possible causes for these
faults are:

* Faulty shift solenoid.


* Circuit open or grounded.
* Faulty PCM.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect transmission wiring harness


connector. Measure resistance between suspect shift solenoid at
transmission wiring harness connector and chassis ground. If
resistance is 13-27 ohms, go to next step. If resistance is not 13-27
ohms, go to step 25).
21) Check Shift Solenoid For Short To Power
Turn ignition off. Disconnect transmission wiring harness
connector. Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector. Inspect terminals, and
repair if damaged. Turn ignition on. Measure voltage between suspect
shift solenoid at transmission wiring harness connector and chassis
ground. If voltage is more than 0.5 volt, repair short to power and
repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is 0.5 volt or less, go to next step.
22) Check Shift Solenoid For Short To Ground
Turn ignition off. Leave transmission wiring harness
connector disconnected. Measure resistance between suspect shift
solenoid at transmission wiring harness connector and chassis ground.
Measure resistance between suspect shift solenoid and other circuits
at transmission wiring harness connector. If any resistance is less
than 10,000 ohms, repair short circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If all
resistances are 10,000 ohms or more, go to next step.
23) Check Shift Solenoid Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Leave transmission wiring harness
connector disconnected. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV),
leaving PCM disconnected. Measure resistance between suspect shift
solenoid test pin at breakout box and suspect shift solenoid terminal
at transmission wiring harness connector. If resistance is 5 ohms or
more, repair open circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is less
than 5 ohms, go to next step.
24) Check Shift Solenoid For Short To Power In Transmission
Leave ignition off and PCM disconnected. Reconnect
transmission wiring harness connector. Turn ignition on. Measure
voltage between test pin No. 60 and suspect shift solenoid test pin at
breakout box. If voltage is 0.5 volt or more, repair solenoid short to
power. If voltage is less than 0.5 volt, replace PCM and repeat QUICK
TEST.
25) Check Transmission Wiring
Leave ignition off. Check transmission wiring harness
circuits and connectors breaks or corrosion in insulation. Check for
open or grounded circuits. Repair or replace as necessary. If

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 164 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

connectors and circuits are okay, replace suspect solenoid and repeat
QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 25) to step 30). No test
procedures have been omitted.

30) Continuous Memory Codes 621, 622, 641 & 643 - Continuous
Memory Code 621 (SS1), 622 (SS2), 641 (SS3) or 643 (TCC)
indicates a failure was detected in shift solenoid circuit during last
80 warm-up cycles. Possible causes for these faults are:

* Faulty shift solenoid.


* Circuit open or grounded.

Turn ignition off. Check shift solenoid circuit between PCM


and transmission. Repair or replace as necessary. If circuits
are okay, go to next step.
31) Check For Intermittent Short Or Open - Turn ignition off.
Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if
damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM
disconnected. Turn ignition on. Connect test light between test pin
No. 37 and suspect shift solenoid test pin at breakout box. See
IDENTIFYING SHIFT SOLENOID TEST CIRCUITS table. Test light should be
at partial brightness. Observe test light while wiggling and bending
shift solenoid circuit between transmission and PCM. An open or short
to power will be indicated by light going off. A short to ground will
be indicated by light getting brighter. Repeat procedure for all
solenoids. If fault is indicated, isolate and repair as necessary. If
no fault is indicated, go to next step.

IDENTIFYING SHIFT SOLENOID TEST CIRCUITS TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Shift Solenoid Test Pin No.

SS1 ................................................... 11
SS2 ................................................... 51
SS3 ................................................... 52
CCC ................................................... 55
ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

32) Check For Intermittent Short To Ground


Leave ignition off and PCM disconnected. Disconnect
transmission wiring harness connector. Turn ignition on. Connect test
light between test pin No. 37 and suspect shift solenoid test pin at
breakout box. Test light should be off. Observe test light while
wiggling and bending shift solenoid circuit between transmission and
PCM. A short to ground will be indicated by light turning on. Repeat
procedure for all solenoids. If fault is indicated, isolate and repair
as necessary. If no fault is indicated, problem is intermittent and
cannot be duplicated at this time.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 165 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

CIRCUIT TEST TD - MANUAL LEVER POSITION (MLP) SENSOR

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test only when directed by QUICK TEST. To
prevent replacing good components, be aware the following non-EEC
areas may be at fault:

* Transmission linkage and internal components.


* Electrical (alternator, battery, add-on devices, etc.).

This test is not intended to diagnose transmission. This test


is intended to diagnose:

* Wiring harness circuits (MLP, TRD, TRL, TRR, TROD and SIG
RTN).
* Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

Fig. 57: MLP Connector Terminal ID (TD1 - AODE)

Fig. 58: MLP Connector Terminal ID (TD2 - E40D)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 166 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

TEST PIN NO. 30 (MLP) WIRE COLOR IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ............................... Light Blue/Yellow


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

TEST PIN NO. 46 (SIG RTN) WIRE COLOR IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ........................................ Gray/Red


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

1) Codes 67, 522, 634 & 654


KOEO Codes 67, 522, 634 and 654 indicate MLP sensor is out of
self-test range (3770-4607 ohms) when gear selector is in Park.
Possible causes for these faults are:

* Linkage not adjusted correctly.


* Faulty Manual Lever Position (MLP) sensor.
* Circuit open or grounded.
* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

Turn ignition off. Apply parking brake. Place transmission


gear selector in Neutral. Place MLP Sensor Gauge (T91P-7010-AHT) in
sensor slot. If gauge does not fit, loosen MLP mounting bolts and
adjust sensor as necessary. If gauge fits, remove gauge and go to next
step.
2) Check MLP Sensor Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Disconnect MLP sensor wiring harness
connector. Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector. Inspect terminals, and
repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV),
leaving PCM disconnected. Measure resistance between MLP terminal at
MLP sensor wiring harness connector and test pin No. 30 at breakout
box. Measure resistance between SIG RTN terminal at MLP sensor wiring
harness connector and test pin No. 46 at breakout box. If either
resistance is more than 5 ohms, repair open circuit and repeat QUICK
TEST. If both resistances are 5 ohms or less, go to next step.
3) Check MLP Sensor For Short To Power & Ground
Turn ignition off. Leave PCM and MLP sensor disconnected.
Measure resistance between test pin No. 30 and test pins No. 37, 57,
40, 46 and 60 at break-out box. Measure resistance between test pin
No. 30 and chassis ground. If any resistance is less than 10,000 ohms,
repair short circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is 10,000
ohms or more, go to next step.
4) Check MLP Sensor Resistance
Turn ignition off. Connect MLP sensor. Leave PCM
disconnected. Unlock steering column. Measure resistance between test
pins No. 30 and 46 at breakout box while cycling gear selector. See
MLP SENSOR RESISTANCE table below. If resistance is within
specification, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is not

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 167 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

within specification, replace MLP sensor and repeat QUICK TEST.

MLP SENSOR RESISTANCE TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Gear Selected Ohms

Park ........................................... 3770-4607


Reverse ........................................ 1304-1593
Neutral .......................................... 660-807
Overdrive ........................................ 361-442
Drive ............................................ 190-232
First ............................................ 190-232
ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

CIRCUIT TEST TE - TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test only when directed by QUICK TEST. To
prevent replacing good components, be aware the following non-EEC
areas may be at fault:

* Engine and/or transmission fluid level.


* Engine and/or transmission fluid temperature.
* Ambient temperature.
This test is intended to diagnose:
* TFT sensor.
* Wiring harness circuits (TFT and SIG RTN).
* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

TFT SENSOR SPECIFICATIONS TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Temperature
øF (øC) (1) Volts (1) Ohms

32 (0) .................. 3.88 .................. 96,255


59 (15) ................. 3.32 .................. 46,883
104 (40) ................ 2.15 .................. 16,043
158 (60) ................ 1.03 .................... 5260
194 (90) ................ 0.60 .................... 2750

(1) - Values may vary by 15 percent.


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

1) Code 26/636
KOEO Code 636 indicate TFT sensor is out of self-test range.
Possible causes for these faults are:

* Transmission fluid level incorrect.


* Transmission fluid temperature incorrect.
* Sensor resistance out of specification.
* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 168 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Ensure transmission fluid temperature is more than 50øF


(10øC). Repeat QUICK TEST. If Code 26/636 is present, go to next step.
If Code 26/636 is not present, test is complete.
2) Check VREF At Throttle Position (TP) Sensor
Turn ignition off. Disconnect TP sensor wiring harness
connector. Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector. Inspect terminals, and
repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV).
Connect PCM to breakout box. Turn ignition on. Measure voltage between
VREF and SIG RTN terminals at TP sensor wiring harness connector. See
Fig. 59. If voltage is 4-6 volts, go to next step. If voltage is not
4-6 volts, go to CIRCUIT TEST C.
3) Check TOT Sensor Resistance
Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM from breakout box. Allow
transmission to cool. Measure and record resistance between test pin
No. 46 and TFT test pin at breakout box. Drive vehicle until
transmission fluid is at normal operating temperature. Disconnect PCM
from breakout box. Measure resistance voltage between test pin No. 46
and TFT test pin at breakout box. If cold resistance measurement is
different than warm resistance measurement, and warm resistance is
within specification, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST. If voltage is
not as specified, replace TFT sensor.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 3) to step 10). No test procedures
have been omitted.

10) KOEO Code 56/637


KOEO Code 56/637 indicate TOT sensor output exceeds self-test
maximum voltage (4.8 volts). Possible causes for these faults are:

* Transmission fluid level incorrect.


* Open wiring harness circuit.
* Faulty TOT sensor.
* Faulty PCM.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect TFT wiring harness connector.


Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Connect jumper wire between
TFT and SIG RTN terminals. Perform KOEO SELF-TEST. If Code 66/638 is
present, go to step 25). If Code 66/638 is not present, remove jumper
wire and go to next step. If no codes are present, go to step 12).
11) Check TOT & SIG RTN Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Leave TFT sensor disconnected. Disconnect
60-pin PCM connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged.
Install EEC-IV Breakout Box(T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected.
Measure resistance between TFT circuit at TFT wiring harness connector
and TFT test pin at breakout box. Measure resistance between SIG RTN
circuit at TFT wiring harness connector and test pin No. 46 at
breakout box. If either resistance is more than 5 ohms, repair open
circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If each resistance is 5 ohms or less,
go to next step.
12) Check TFT Sensor For Short To VPWR
Turn ignition off. Leave PCM and TFT sensor disconnected.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 169 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Measure resistance between TFT test pin and test pins No. 37 and 57 at
breakout box. If resistance is more than 10,000 ohms, replace PCM and
repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is 10,000 ohms or less, repair short
circuit and repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 12) to step 20). No test
procedures have been omitted.

20) KOEO Code 66/638


KOEO Code 638 indicates TFT sensor output is lower than self-
test minimum voltage. Possible causes for these faults are:

* Incorrect fluid level.


* Damaged TFT sensor.
* Shorted wiring harness circuit.
* Faulty PCM.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect transmission wiring harness


connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Perform KOEO
SELF-TEST. If Code 56/637 is present, go to step 25). If Code 56/637
is not present, go to next step.
21) Check VREF At Throttle Position (TP) Sensor
Turn ignition off. Disconnect TP sensor wiring harness
connector. Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector. Inspect terminals, and
repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV).
Connect PCM to breakout box. Turn ignition on. Measure voltage between
VREF and SIG RTN terminals at TP sensor wiring harness connector. See
Fig. 59. If voltage is 4-6 volts, reconnect TP sensor and go to next
step. If voltage is not 4-6 volts, go to CIRCUIT TEST C.

Fig. 59: Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Connector Terminal ID (TE3)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 170 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

22) Check TFT Circuit For Short To Ground


Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM from breakout box. Measure
resistance between TFT test pin at breakout box and test pins No. 40,
46 and 60. If resistance is more than 10,000 ohms, replace PCM and
repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is 10,000 ohms or less, repair short
circuit and repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 22) to step 25). No test
procedures have been omitted.

25) Check Transmission Wiring Harness


Turn ignition off. Check transmission internal and external
wiring and connectors for damage and corrosion. Repair or replace if
necessary. If wiring is okay, replace TFT sensor and repeat QUICK
TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 25) to step 90). No test
procedures have been omitted.

90) Continuous Memory Code 637 Or 638


Continuous Memory Code 637 or 638 indicates a fault has been
detected in TFT circuit during previous 80 warm-up cycles. Possible
causes for these faults are:

* Incorrect fluid level.


* Intermittent fault in TFT sensor.
* Intermittent short or open in wiring harness.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector. Inspect


terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-
50-EEC-IV). Connect PCM to breakout box. Connect DVOM between test
pins No. 2 and 46 at breakout box. Turn ignition on. Shake and bend
TFT and SIG RTN wires between transmission and PCM. Voltage should
remain stable or change gradually. If voltage drops to zero, a short
to ground is indicated. If voltage increases up to 5 volts, an open
circuit is indicated. If voltage increases to more than 5 volts, a
short to power is indicated. If fault is indicated, isolate and repair
as necessary. If no faults are found, problem is intermittent and
cannot be located at this time. See SUMMARY in this article.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 90) to step 100). No test
procedures have been omitted.

100) Continuous Memory Code 68/657


Continuous Memory Code 68/657 indicates excessive
transmission temperatures. Possible causes for these faults are:

* Damage in transmission cooling system.


* Pulling overweight trailer.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 171 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

* Incorrect fluid level.


* Damaged clutch.
* Fault in TFT sensor.
* Intermittent short or open in wiring harness.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect transmission wiring harness


connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if damaged. Perform KOEO
SELF-TEST. If no codes are present, fault is in transmission. If Code
68/657 is present, check for fault causing transmission to overheat.
If any other code(s) is present, service as necessary and repeat QUICK
TEST.

CIRCUIT TEST TF - OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED (OSS) SENSOR

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test only when directed by QUICK TEST. This test
is intended to diagnose:

* Wiring harness circuit (OSS).


* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

Fig. 60: Output Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor Circuit (TF1)

TEST PIN NO. 5 (OSS+) WIRE COLOR IDENTIFICATION TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Application Wire Color

Explorer ................................ Dark Green/White


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

1) KOER Code 639


KOER Code 639 indicates input from Output Shaft Speed Sensor
(OSS) to PCM is out of calibration. Possible causes for this fault
are:

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 172 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

* Faulty OSS sensor.


* Circuit open or grounded.
* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

Turn ignition off. Disconnect OSS wiring harness connector.


Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if
damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM
disconnected. Measure resistance between OSS+ terminal at OSS wiring
harness connector and test pin No. 5 at breakout box. Measure
resistance between SIG RTN terminal at OSS wiring harness connector
and test pin No. 46 at breakout box. If either resistance is more than
5 ohms, repair open circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If both resistances
are 5 ohms or less, go to next step
2) Check Circuit For Short To Power Or Ground
Leave ignition off and OSS disconnected. Measure resistance
between test pin No. 5 and test pins No. 37 and 57 at breakout box.
Measure resistance between test pin No. 5 and test pins No. 40, 46 and
60 at breakout box. If any resistance is less than 10,000 ohms, repair
short circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If all resistances are 10,000
ohms or more, go to next step.
3) Measure OSS Resistance
Leave ignition off and OSS disconnected. Measure resistance
between sensor terminals. Resistance should be 450-750 ohms. If
resistance is not correct, replace OSS and repeat QUICK TEST. If
resistance is correct, check internal transmission components. If
okay, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 3) to step 10). No test procedures
have been omitted.

10) KOEO Code 639


Code 639 indicates incorrect input signal from OSS. Possible
causes for this fault are:

* Faulty OSS.
* Circuit open or grounded.
* Faulty PCM.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect transmission 12-pin connector.


Measure resistance between OSS (-) and OSS (+) terminal at sensor
wiring harness connector. See Fig. 61. If resistance is not 200-600
ohms, check wiring for damage and repair as necessary. If wiring is
okay, replace OSS sensor. If resistance is 200-600 ohms, go to next
step.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 173 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Fig. 61: Transmission 12-Pin Connector Terminal ID (TF2)

11) Check OSS Circuit For Short To Power


Leave ignition off and transmission 12-pin connector removed.
Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector. Inspect terminals, and repair if
damaged. Turn ignition on. Measure voltage between OSS (+) terminal at
sensor wiring harness connector and chassis ground. Measure voltage
between OSS (-) terminal at sensor wiring harness connector and
chassis ground. If both voltages are less than 0.5 volt, turn ignition
off and go to next step. If either voltage is 0.5 volt or more, repair
short circuit and repeat QUICK TEST.
12) Leave ignition off. Leave transmission connector and PCM
disconnected. Measure resistance between OSS (+) terminal at sensor
wiring harness connector and chassis ground. Measure resistance
between OSS (-) terminal at sensor wiring harness connector and
chassis ground. Measure resistance between OSS (+) terminal and OSS (-
) terminal at 12-pin connector. If any resistance is less than 10,000
ohms, repair short circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If any resistance is
10,000 ohms or more, go to next step.
13) Check OSS Circuit Continuity
Leave ignition off and transmission 12-pin connector removed.
Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM
disconnected. Measure resistance between TSS (+) terminal at 12-pin
connector and test pin No. 24 at breakout box. Measure resistance
between OSS (-) terminal at 12-pin connector and test pin No. 44 at
breakout box. If either resistance is more than 5 ohms, repair open
circuit and repeat QUICK TEST. If both resistances are 5 ohms or less,
go to next step.
14) Check PCM For Internal Shorts
Turn ignition off. Connect PCM to breakout box. Leave

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 174 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

transmission wiring harness connector removed. Measure resistance


between test pin No. 24 and pins No. 37, 40, 44, 57 and 60 at breakout
box. If any resistance is less than 500 ohms, replace PCM and repeat
QUICK TEST. If each resistance is 500 ohms or more, go to next step.
15) Check OSS Output
Turn ignition off. Leave PCM connected to breakout box.
Reconnect transmission 12-pin connector. Set DVOM on AC voltage scale.
Start engine. Measure voltage between breakout box test pins No. 24
and 44 while varying engine speed. If AC voltage varies more than 0.5
volt, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST. If AC voltage does not vary
more than 0.5 volt, replace OSS and repeat QUICK TEST.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 15) to step 90). No test
procedures have been omitted.

90) Continuous Memory Code 639


Code 639 indicates PCM detected incorrect output signal from
OSS during previous 40-80 warm-up cycles. Possible causes for this
fault are:

* Faulty OSS.
* Faulty transmission.
* Circuit open or grounded.
* Faulty PCM.

Record and clear continuous memory codes. While test driving


vehicle, stop, ensure transmission gear selector is in Drive, and
accelerate heavily to 35 MPH. After test drive, perform KOEO Self-Test
and record all codes. If Continuous Memory Code 639 does not repeat,
problem cannot be duplicated at this time. See SUMMARY in this
article. If Continuous Memory Code 639 is repeated, go to next step.
91) Check OSS Circuit Continuity
Turn ignition off. Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector. Inspect
terminals, and repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-
50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Disconnect OSS wiring harness
connector. Measure resistance between OSS+ terminal at OSS connector
and test pin No. 5 at breakout box. Measure resistance at SIG RTN
terminal at OSS connector and test pin No. 46 at breakout box. If
either resistance is more than 5 ohms, repair short circuit and repeat
QUICK TEST. If all resistances are 5 ohms or less, go to next step.
92) Check Circuit For Short To Power Or Ground
Turn ignition off. Leave OSS disconnected. Measure resistance
between test pin No. 5 and test pins No. 37 and 57 at breakout box.
Measure resistance between test pin No. 5 and test pins No. 40, 46 and
60 at breakout box. If either resistance is less than 500 ohms, repair
short circuit and repeat step 90). If both resistances are 500 ohms or
more, go to next step.
93) Measure Sensor Resistance
Turn ignition off. Leave sensor disconnected. Measure
resistance between sensor terminals. OSS terminal resistance should be
450-750 ohms. If resistance is correct, replace PCM and repeat step

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 175 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

90) to verify code elimination. If resistance is not correct, replace


OSS sensor and repeat step 90) to verify code elimination.

NOTE: A break in step numbering sequence occurs at this point.


Procedure skips from step 93) to step 95). No test
procedures have been omitted.

95) Continuous Memory Code 639


Continuous Memory Code 639 indicates an error in OSS sensor
output during previous 80 warm-up cycles. Possible causes for this
fault are:

* Intermittent fault in OSS sensor.


* Intermittent short or open in wiring harness.
* Transmission placed in gear when fluid level is low.

Turn ignition off. Visually inspect OSS wires and connectors


for damage. Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector. Inspect terminals, and
repair if damaged. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV).
Connect PCM to breakout box. Connect DVOM between test pins No. 24 and
44 at break-out box. Start engine. Shake and bend OSS wires between
transmission and PCM. Lightly tap circuit connectors. Voltage should
remain stable or change gradually. If voltage drops or surges
abruptly, fault in circuit is indicated. If fault is indicated,
isolate and repair as necessary. If no faults are found, go to next
step.
96) Check PCM & Harness Connectors
Turn ignition off. Disconnect all connectors related to OSS
circuit. Inspect circuits and connectors for damage. Repair as
necessary and repeat QUICK TEST. If fault cannot be found, problem is
intermittent and cannot be duplicated at this time. See SUMMARY in
this article.

CIRCUIT TEST TG - ELECT TRANS CONTINUOUS MEMORY SERVICE CODES

Diagnostic Aids
Perform this test only when directed by QUICK TEST. This test
is intended to diagnose:

* Wiring harness circuits (CCS, SS1, SS2, SS3, EPC, TCC, TOT,
and MLP).
* Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

NOTE: Procedure begins with step 90). No test procedures have been
omitted.

90) Drive Cycle Test (AODE & E4OD)


Ensure all components are connected. Ensure transmission
fluid is correct level. Warm engine to normal operating temperature.
Perform KOEO and CONTINUOUS MEMORY CODE SELF-TEST. Clear all codes.
With transmission gear selector in Drive, press Transmission
Control Switch (TCS). Transmission Control Indicator Light (TCIL)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 176 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

should come on. Moderately accelerate vehicle to 40 MPH for at least


15 seconds (30 seconds above 4000 feet elevation). Transmission should
be in 3rd gear. While holding speed steady, press TCS. TCIL should go
off. Accelerate from 40 MPH to 50 MPH. Transmission should shift from
3rd gear to 4th gear. Hold speed steady for 15 seconds. While holding
speed steady, lightly apply and release brakes to turn brakelights on.
Maintain 50 MPH for about 5 seconds. Stop and park vehicle for a
minimum of 20 seconds with transmission gear selector in Drive. Repeat
procedure 5 times.
After completing DRIVE CYCLE TEST, perform KOEO and
CONTINUOUS MEMORY CODE SELF-TEST. If Code 11/111 is present, fault
cannot be duplicated at this time. If Code 99/624, 67/634 or 651 is
present, go to next step. If Code 29/452 is present, go to CIRCUIT
TEST DP. If any other code(s) is present, go to step 92).

Fig. 62: MLP Sensor Circuit & Wiring Connector Terminal ID (TG3 -
AODE)

Fig. 63: MLP Sensor Circuit & Wiring Connector Terminal ID (TG4 -
E4OD)

91) Code 624, 634 Or 651


Code 624 and 651 indicate Electronic Pressure Control (EPC)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 177 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

failure. Code 634 indicates that Manual Lever Position (MLP) sensor is
out of calibration. Possible causes for these faults are:

* Faulty EPC solenoid.


* Faulty MLP sensor.
* Circuit open or grounded.
* Damaged PCM connector pins.

Turn ignition off. Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector. Inspect


connector for damaged pins, corrosion and loose wires. Repair as
necessary. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box (T83L-50-EEC-IV). Connect PCM
to breakout box. To test EPC solenoid, connect DVOM to EPC test pin
and EPC VPWR test pin at breakout box. To test MLP sensor, connect
DVOM to MLP test pin and test pin No. 46 at breakout box. For EPC
solenoid and MLP sensor, turn ignition on. Voltage for EPC should be
less than 10 volts. Voltage for MLP should be less than 5 volts. Shake
and bend EPC/MLP wiring harness. Lightly tap on components to simulate
road shock. Voltage should remain stable. If voltage changes or
exceeds specification, fault in circuit is indicated. If fault is
indicated, isolate and repair as necessary. Clear continuous memory
codes, and repeat QUICK TEST. If no faults are found, problem cannot
be located at this time.
92) Check Circuit Harness & Connectors
Enter CONTINUOUS MONITOR MODE. Shake and bend EEC wiring
harness while observing analog VOM or scan tool. Lightly tap on
components to simulate road shock. If VOM indicator has erratic
movement or scan tool beep, fault is indicated. If fault is indicated,
isolate and repair as necessary. Clear continuous memory codes, and
repeat QUICK TEST. If no faults are found, problem cannot be located
at this time.

CIRCUIT TEST KOEO CONTINUOUS MEMORY CODES TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Code Fault

617 ................................... Improper 1-2 Shift


618 ................................... Improper 2-3 Shift
619 ................................... Improper 3-4 Shift
628 .................. Excessive Converter Clutch Slippage
638 ....................... Inadequate TFT Circuit Voltage
645 ................. Inadequate 1st Gear Command Response
646 ................. Inadequate 2nd Gear Command Response
647 ................. Inadequate 3rd Gear Command Response
648 ................. Inadequate 4th Gear Command Response
656 ......................... Continuous Slippage Detected
ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

93) Check For Code 659


Code 659 indicates high vehicle speed detected while vehicle
was in Park. Possible causes for this fault are:

* Faulty Manual Lever Position (MLP) sensor.

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 178 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

If Code 659 was present after performing drive cycle test in


step 90), go to step 103). If Code 659 was not present after
performing drive cycle test in step 90), go to next step.
94) Check For Code 675
Code 675 indicates MLP circuit voltage was out of range.
Possible causes for this fault are:

* Faulty MLP sensor.


* Open or short circuit.
* Short to power or ground in SIG RTN circuit.
* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

If Code 675 was present after performing drive cycle test in


step 90), go to next step. If Code 675 was not present after
performing drive cycle test in step 90), go to step 98).
95) Check For Codes 675 & 667
Code 667 indicates MLP circuit voltage was less than self-
test minimum voltage allowed. Possible causes for this fault are:

* Faulty MLP sensor.


* Open or short in MLP circuit.
* Short to power in MLP circuit.
* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

If Codes 675 and 667 were present after performing drive


cycle test in step 90), go to step 99). If Codes 675 and 667 were not
present after performing drive cycle test in step 90), go to next
step.
96) Check For Codes 675 & 668
Code 668 indicates MLP circuit voltage was more than self-
test maximum voltage allowed. Possible causes for this fault are:

* Faulty MLP sensor.


* Open MLP circuit.
* Short to power in SIG RTN circuit.
* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

If Codes 675 and 668 were present after performing drive


cycle test in step 90), go to step 101). If Code 675 and 668 were not
present after performing drive cycle test in step 90), go to next
step.
97) Check MLP Alignment
Turn ignition off. Apply parking brake. Place transmission
gear selector in Neutral position. Place MLP Sensor Gauge (T91P-7010-
AHT) in sensor slot. If gauge does not fit, loosen MLP mounting bolts
and adjust sensor as necessary. Clear codes and repeat QUICK TEST. If
gauge fits, remove gauge and go to next step.
98) Check For Code 667
Code 667 indicates MLP circuit voltage less than self-test
minimum voltage allowed. Possible causes for this fault are:

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 179 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

* Faulty MLP sensor.


* Open or short to ground in MLP circuit.
* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

If Code 667 was present after performing drive cycle test in


step 90), go to next step. If Code 667 was not present after
performing drive cycle test in step 90), go to step 101).
99) Check MLP Circuit Resistance
Turn ignition off. Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector.
Disconnect MLP sensor. Inspect connectors for damaged pins, corrosion
and loose wires. Repair as necessary. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box
(T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure resistance between
test pin No. 30 at breakout box and MLP terminal at MLP sensor
connector. If resistance is less than 5 ohms, go to next step. If
resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair open circuit. Remove breakout
box, reconnect all components, and repeat QUICK TEST.
100) Check For Shot To Ground In MLP Circuit
Turn ignition off. Ensure breakout box is installed and MLP
sensor and PCM are disconnected. Measure resistance between test pin
No. 30 and chassis ground. If resistance is more than 10,000 ohms, go
to step 103). If resistance is 10,000 or less, repair short circuit.
Remove breakout box, reconnect all components, and repeat QUICK TEST.
101) Code 668
Code 668 indicates MLP circuit voltage was more than self-
test maximum voltage allowed. Possible causes for this fault are:

* Faulty MLP sensor.


* Open MLP circuit.
* Faulty MLP sensor circuit.
* Faulty Powertrain Control Module (PCM).

Turn ignition off. Disconnect 60-pin PCM connector.


Disconnect MLP sensor. Inspect connectors for damaged pins, corrosion
and loose wires. Repair as necessary. Install EEC-IV Breakout Box
(T83L-50-EEC-IV), leaving PCM disconnected. Measure resistance between
test pins No. 46 at breakout box and SIG RTN terminal at MLP sensor
connector. If resistance is less than 5 ohms, go to next step. If
resistance is 5 ohms or more, repair open circuit. Remove breakout
box, reconnect all components, and repeat QUICK TEST.
102) Check For Short To Power
Ensure PCM and MLP sensor are disconnected. Measure
resistance between test pin No. 30 and test pins No. 37, 40, 46, 57
and 60 at breakout box. If all readings are more than 10,000 ohms, go
to next step. If any reading is 10,000 ohms or less, repair short
circuit. Remove breakout box, reconnect all components, and repeat
QUICK TEST.
103) Check MLP Sensor Resistance
Turn ignition off. Connect MLP sensor. Leave PCM
disconnected. Unlock steering column. Measure resistance between test
pins No. 30 and 46 at breakout box while cycling gear selector. See
the MLP SENSOR RESISTANCE table below. If resistance is within

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 180 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

specification, replace PCM and repeat QUICK TEST. If resistance is not


within specification, replace MLP sensor and repeat QUICK TEST.

MLP SENSOR RESISTANCE TABLE


ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ
Gear Selected Ohms

Park ........................................... 3770-4607


Reverse ........................................ 1304-1593
Neutral .......................................... 660-807
Overdrive ........................................ 361-442
2/Drive .......................................... 190-232
First .............................................. 78-95
ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ

SUMMARY

If no service code or Code 11 or 111 (pass code) is present,


but drive-ability problem still exists, proceed to EEC-IV DIAGNOSIS BY
SYMPTOM table. If driveability problem still cannot be located, go to
H - TESTS W/O CODES article in this section for diagnosis by symptoms
or intermittent diagnostic procedures.

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 181 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Fig. 64: Wiring Diagram (4.0L - 1 Of 2)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:57PM Page 182 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company
G - TESTS W/CODES - EEC-IV

xxxx Highlighted Article Text


xxxx 1994 Ford Explorer

Fig. 65: Wiring Diagram (4.0L - 2 Of 2)

Thursday, April 01, 2004 04:58PM Page 183 © 2000 MRIC and Snap-on Tools Company

S-ar putea să vă placă și